SlideShare a Scribd company logo
IBM DB2 Connect 10.5
DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring
DB2 Connect Servers
SC27-5517-00
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   db2 connect installing and configuring db2 connect servers
IBM DB2 Connect 10.5
DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring
DB2 Connect Servers
SC27-5517-00
Note
Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information under Appendix B, “Notices,” on
page 107.
Edition Notice
This document contains proprietary information of IBM. It is provided under a license agreement and is protected
by copyright law. The information contained in this publication does not include any product warranties, and any
statements provided in this manual should not be interpreted as such.
You can order IBM publications online or through your local IBM representative.
v To order publications online, go to the IBM Publications Center at http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/
order
v To find your local IBM representative, go to the IBM Directory of Worldwide Contacts at http://www.ibm.com/
planetwide/
To order DB2 publications from DB2 Marketing and Sales in the United States or Canada, call 1-800-IBM-4YOU
(426-4968).
When you send information to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute the information in any
way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.
© Copyright IBM Corporation 1993, 2013.
US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
Contents
About this book . . . . . . . . . . . v
Part 1. About this book . . . . . . . 1
Part 2. Introduction to DB2 Connect 3
Chapter 1. About DB2 Connect . . . . . 5
DB2 Connect product offerings . . . . . . . . 5
System i and mainframe support for DB2 Connect. . 5
Chapter 2. Common DB2 Connect
scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Access DB2 data from remote clients . . . . . . 7
Accessing DB2 host data from the web using Java . . 7
Accessing IBM mainframe DB2 data using DB2
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Understanding the Administration Server . . . . 10
Part 3. Migrating DB2 Connect . . . 13
Chapter 3. Upgrading to the latest
version of DB2 Connect . . . . . . . 15
Upgrade essentials for DB2 Connect . . . . . . 16
Pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers . . . . 17
Upgrading DB2 Connect servers . . . . . . . 18
Post-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers . . . 20
Part 4. Preinstallation tasks . . . . 23
Chapter 4. Java software support for
DB2 Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Chapter 5. Kernel parameters (Linux
and UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect
(HP-UX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Recommended kernel configuration parameters for
DB2 Connect (HP-UX) . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect
(Linux) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect
(Solaris) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Part 5. Installation and
configuration tasks . . . . . . . . 33
Chapter 6. DB2 Connect server
products: installation and configuration
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Chapter 7. DB2 Connect disk and
memory requirements . . . . . . . . 37
Chapter 8. Installing a DB2 Connect
server product (AIX) . . . . . . . . . 39
Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server
products (AIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Mounting CDs or DVDs (AIX) . . . . . . . . 43
Chapter 9. Installing a DB2 Connect
server product (HP-UX) . . . . . . . 45
Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server
products (HP-UX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Mounting CDs or DVDs for DB2 Connect (HP-UX) 48
Chapter 10. Installing a DB2 Connect
server product (Linux) . . . . . . . . 49
Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server
products (Linux). . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Preparing to install DB2 Connect for Linux on
zSeries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mounting the CD or DVD for DB2 Connect (Linux) 52
Chapter 11. Installing a DB2 Connect
server product (Solaris) . . . . . . . 53
Installation requirements for DB2 Connect products
(Solaris) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Mounting CDs or DVDs for DB2 Connect (Solaris) 56
Chapter 12. Installing a DB2 Connect
server product (Windows) . . . . . . 57
Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server
products (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Required user accounts for installation of DB2
Connect products (Windows) . . . . . . . . 59
Extending the Active Directory Schema for LDAP
directory services (Windows) . . . . . . . . 62
Non-Administrator installation of DB2 Connect
(Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Adding your user ID to the DB2ADMNS and
DB2USERS user groups (Windows) . . . . . . 64
Part 6. Postinstallation tasks . . . . 65
Chapter 13. License key activation. . . 67
Registering a DB2 Connect license key using the
db2licm command . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 iii
Setting the DB2 Connect license policy using the
db2licm command . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Chapter 14. Applying fix packs to DB2
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Part 7. Preparing communications
and access to host and iSeries
databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Chapter 15. Preparing IBM DB2 for IBM
i for connections from DB2 Connect . . 75
Chapter 16. Preparing DB2 for z/OS for
connections from DB2 Connect . . . . 77
Host databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Configuring TCP/IP for DB2 for z/OS . . . . . 78
Configuring DB2 for z/OS . . . . . . . . . 80
Chapter 17. Preparing DB2 for VSE &
VM for connections from DB2 Connect . 81
Chapter 18. Configuring connections to
mainframe and midrange servers . . . 83
Configuring connections to IBM mainframe
database servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Part 8. Reference . . . . . . . . . 85
Chapter 19. Configuring access to IBM
mainframe databases . . . . . . . . 87
Chapter 20. Supported DB2 Connect
interface languages . . . . . . . . . 89
Displaying the DB2 Setup wizard in your national
language (Linux and UNIX) . . . . . . . . . 89
Language identifiers for running the DB2 Setup
wizard in another language . . . . . . . . . 89
Changing the DB2 Connect product interface
language (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Changing the DB2 Connect interface language
(Linux and UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Conversion of character data . . . . . . . . 92
Chapter 21. Developing database
applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Binding database utilities on DB2 Connect . . . . 95
Running your own applications . . . . . . . 96
Chapter 22. Uninstalling DB2 Connect 97
Uninstalling DB2 Connect (Windows) . . . . . 97
Uninstalling DB2 Connect (Linux and UNIX) . . . 98
Part 9. Appendixes. . . . . . . . . 99
Appendix A. Overview of the DB2
technical information . . . . . . . . 101
DB2 technical library in hardcopy or PDF format 101
Displaying SQL state help from the command line
processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Accessing different versions of the DB2
Information Center . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Terms and conditions. . . . . . . . . . . 104
Appendix B. Notices . . . . . . . . 107
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
iv DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
About this book
The Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect servers provides all the information you
need to prepare for and then install the DB2 Connect™
servers product.
Information specific to each supported operating system is included. The
relationship between DB2 Connect servers and the supported database server
products is presented including how to configure connections.
Who should use this book?
System administrators, database administrators, communications specialists, and
software product installers would all be interested in part or all of this book.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 v
vi DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Part 1. About this book
The Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect servers provides all the information you
need to prepare for and then install the DB2 Connect servers product. Information
specific to each supported operating system is included. The relationship between
DB2 Connect servers and the supported database server products is presented
including how to configure connections.
Who should use this book?
System administrators, database administrators, communications specialists, and
software product installers would all be interested in part or all of this book.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 1
2 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Part 2. Introduction to DB2 Connect
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 3
4 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 1. About DB2 Connect
DB2 Connect provides connectivity to mainframe and midrange databases from
Linux, UNIX, and Windows operating systems.
You can connect to DB2®
databases on z/OS®
, IBM®
i and IBM Power Systems™
,
VSE, and VM. You can also connect to non-IBM databases that comply with the
Distributed Relational Database Architecture™
(DRDA®
).
DB2 Connect product offerings
DB2 Connect has several connection solutions, including DB2 Connect Personal
Edition, and a number of DB2 Connect server products.
v DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition
v DB2 Connect Application Server Edition
v DB2 Connect Unlimited Edition for System z®
v DB2 Connect Unlimited Edition for System i®
For detailed information about DB2 Connect product offerings, see
www.ibm.com/software/data/db2/db2connect/
System i and mainframe support for DB2 Connect
Before you access DB2 data on System z or System i data servers by using DB2
Connect products, ensure that the data server meets requirements.
DB2 Connect supports connectivity to the following mainframe and System i
servers:
Table 1. Supported mainframe and IBM i data servers
Version Recommended maintenance levels
DB2 for z/OS Version
8, Version 9, and
Version 10.1.
See website for IBM z/OS Consolidated Service Test and the RSU (. http://www.ibm.com/
servers/eserver/zseries/zos/servicetst/)).
In general, install the most recent Recommended Service Upgrade (RSU) to avoid
encountering problems that are caused by software defects that IBM has corrected.
DB2 for i (formerly
known as DB2
Universal Database
for i5/OS™
) V5R4
II13348 (Informational APAR)
PTFs: MF53402 and MF53403
See website for System i Preventative Service Planning (. http://www.ibm.com/servers/
eserver/zseries/zos/servicetst/).
DB2 for i V6R1 PTFs: SI30564, SI30588, SI30611, SI30620, SI30621, SI30622, SI30825, SI30827, SI30920, SI30921,
SI31019, SI31101, SI31125, SI31238, and SI31480.
See website for System i Preventative Service Planning (. http://www-912.ibm.com/s_dir/
sline003.NSF/GroupPTFs?OpenView&view=GroupPTFs)
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 5
Table 1. Supported mainframe and IBM i data servers (continued)
Version Recommended maintenance levels
DB2 for i V7R1 PTFs: SI43890, SI43864, SI43863, SI43817, SI43807, SI43806, SI43805, SI43804, SI43803, SI43802,
SI43801, SI43768, SI43757, SI43721, SI43658, SI43651, SI43577, SI43550, SI43544, SI43539,
SI43532, SI43476, SI43466, SI43446, SI43386, SI43373, SI43111, SI43017, SI43016, SI42986,
SI42954, SI42947, SI42928, SI42927, SI42906, SI42872, SI42783, SI42775, SI42769, SI42768,
SI42745, SI42716, SI42700, SI42504, and SI42492.
See website for System i Preventative Service Planning (. http://www-912.ibm.com/s_dir/
sline003.NSF/GroupPTFs?OpenView&view=GroupPTFs).
Important: Use DB2 Connect V9.7 Fix Pack 4 or later to connect to DB2 for i V7R1.
DB2 Server for VM
and VSE Version 7
and later
See website for DB2 Server for VSE & VM ( http://www.ibm.com/software/data/db2/vse-
vm/).
6 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 2. Common DB2 Connect scenarios
Common ways in which DB2 Connect is used to create working database
environments and common ways of completing primary tasks involving DB2
Connect are presented. The scenarios include environments and tasks such as:
direct connection between DB2 Connect and IBM mainframe database server; using
the Configuration Assistant to manage connections to databases; and IBM data
server client support for database application development.
Access DB2 data from remote clients
The IBM data server client provides a runtime environment that enables client
applications to access one or more remote databases. With the IBM data server
client, you can remotely administer DB2 or DB2 Connect servers.
All applications must access a database through the IBM data server client. A
Java™
applet can access a remote database through a Java-enabled browser.
DB2 Connect client using the IBM data client is supported on Linux, UNIX, and
Windows operating systems.
Accessing DB2 host data from the web using Java
DB2 Connect products include the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ to
allow you to create applications that access data in DB2 databases from the Web.
Programming languages containing embedded SQL are called host languages. Java
differs from the traditional host languages C, COBOL, and FORTRAN, in ways
that significantly affect how it embeds SQL:
v SQLJ and JDBC are open standards, enabling you to easily port SQLJ or JDBC
applications from other standards-compliant database systems to the DB2
database.
v All Java types representing composite data, and data of varying sizes, have a
distinguished value, null, which can be used to represent the SQL NULL state,
giving Java programs an alternative to NULL indicators that are a fixture of
other host languages.
v Java is designed to support programs that, by nature, are heterogeneously
portable (also called "super portable" or simply "downloadable"). Along with
Java's type system of classes and interfaces, this feature enables component
software. In particular, an SQLJ translator written in Java can call components
that are specialized by database vendors in order to leverage existing database
functions such as authorization, schema checking, type checking, transactional,
and recovery capabilities, and to generate code optimized for specific databases.
v Java is designed for binary portability in heterogeneous networks, which
promises to enable binary portability for database applications that use static
SQL.
v You can run JDBC applets inside a web page on any system with a Java-enabled
browser, regardless of the platform of your client. Your client system requires no
additional software beyond this browser. The client and the server share the
processing of JDBC and SQLJ applets and applications.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 7
JDBC and SQLJ applications can be run from any system that has a IBM data
server client installed; a Web browser and a Web server are not required.
For more information about the JDBC API, see the http://java.sun.com/products/
jdbc/ web page.
Accessing IBM mainframe DB2 data using DB2 Connect
A DB2 Connect client or Server enables a IBM data server client on a LAN access
to data that is stored on IBM mainframe systems.
In organizations with large amounts of data, IBM DB2 for IBM i, DB2 for z/OS, or
DB2 Server for VM and VSE are commonly used to manage that data. Applications
that run on any of the supported platforms can work with this data transparently,
as if a local database server managed it. A DB2 Connect client or Server is required
for supporting applications which access IBM mainframe data and exploit
transaction monitors as well as applications that are implemented as Java applets.
In addition, you can use a wide range of off-the-shelf or custom-developed
database applications with DB2 Connect and its associated tools. For example, you
can use DB2 Connect products with:
DB2 Connect server
JDBC driver
Web
Server
Application1
Application2
Applicationn
Java-enabled
Web Browser
DB2
for VSE
DB2
for VM
DB2
for z/OS
System z
DB2
for IBM i
Power
Systems
Servers
TCP/IP
Figure 1. JDBC and DB2 Connect
8 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
v Spreadsheets, such as Microsoft Excel and Lotus®
1-2-3®
, to analyze real-time data
without having the cost and complexity of data extract and import procedures.
v Decision support tools, such as BusinessObjects, Brio and Impromptu®
, and
Crystal Reports, to provide real-time information.
v Database products, such as Lotus Approach®
and Microsoft Access.
v Development tools, such as PowerSoft PowerBuilder, Microsoft Visual Basic, and
Borland Delphi, to create client/server solutions.
A DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, is most
appropriate for the following environments:
v Federation.
v Transaction monitors, such as BEA Tuxedo and BEA Weblogic. (See Figure 2 on
page 10.)
DB2 Connect provides transparent access to IBM mainframe data through a
standard architecture for managing distributed data. This standard is known as
Distributed Relational Database Architecture (DRDA). DRDA allows your
applications to establish a fast connection to IBM mainframe databases without
expensive IBM mainframe components or proprietary gateways.
Although DB2 Connect is often installed on an intermediate server machine, it is
recommended to connect an IBM data server client to an IBM mainframe database
directly by installing the appropriate DB2 Client such as one of the IBM data
server client or driver. For more information about the DB2 Connect client, see the
topic about IBM data server client types.
DB2 Connect can also be installed on a Web server, Transaction Processor (TP)
monitor, or other 3-tier application server machines with multiple local SQL
application processes and threads. In these cases, you can choose to install DB2
Connect on the same machine for simplicity, or on a separate machine to off-load
CPU cycles.
A DB2 Connect server enables multiple clients to connect to IBM mainframe data
and can significantly reduce the effort that is required to establish and maintain
access to enterprise data.
To connect to an IBM mainframe database server you require a licensed DB2
Connect product. You cannot connect directly to an IBM mainframe Data Server
using a IBM data server client.
Chapter 2. Common DB2 Connect scenarios 9
Understanding the Administration Server
The DB2 Administration Server (DAS) responds to requests from the DB2
Administration Tools.
The DB2 Administration Tools, for example, allow you to start, stop, and set
database manager configuration parameters for servers. The Administration Server
helps users to catalog databases on a client. The DAS is available on all supported
Linux, Windows, and UNIX operating systems as well as the System z (z/OS only)
operating systems.
An Administration Server must reside on each server that you want to administer
and detect. The Administration Server is automatically created and started for you.
The setup program creates the Administration Server on the instance-owning
machine and automatically starts it at boot time. By default the DAS instance is
DB2AS, which is the default user ID that is created using the DB2 Setup wizard.
DB2
for VSE
DB2
for VM
DB2
for z/OS System z
DB2
for IBM i
Power
Systems
Servers
DB2 Connect Server
TP Monitor
(eg. Encina, Tuxedo
and Weblogic)
Application
Business Logic
Application1
Application2
Applicationn
TP Monitor Client
TCP/IP
Figure 2. Transaction monitors working with DB2 Connect.
10 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Important: The DB2 Administration Server (DAS) has been deprecated in Version
9.7 and might be removed in a future release. The DAS is not supported in DB2
pureScale®
environments. Use software programs that use the Secure Shell protocol
for remote administration. For more information, see “ DB2 administration server
(DAS) has been deprecated” at .
Chapter 2. Common DB2 Connect scenarios 11
12 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Part 3. Migrating DB2 Connect
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 13
14 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 3. Upgrading to the latest version of DB2 Connect
Upgrading to a new version or release of DB2 Connect might require upgrading
your environment components if you want them to run on the new release. These
components are DB2 Connect servers, DB2 servers, DB2 clients, and database
applications.
For example, if you have an existing environment using an earlier version or
release of DB2 Connect and you want to install the latest version or release of DB2
Connect, then you can upgrade your DB2 Connect server and you might need to
upgrade other components in your environment.
DB2 Connect servers supports the upgrading of DB2 Connect instances, and any
existing transaction manager and DB2 Connect federated databases created on
previous versions of DB2 Connect servers.
The upgrade process consists of all the tasks that you need to perform to have
your environment running successfully on a new release. The upgrading of each of
the components in your environment to the latest version or release of DB2
Connect requires that you perform different tasks:
v “Upgrading DB2 Connect servers” on page 18 involves upgrading your existing
instances, any existing DB2 Connect federated databases, and any existing
transaction manager databases so that they can run in the latest version or
release of DB2 Connect.
v Upgrading IBM Data Server client packages involves upgrading your client
instances to keep the configuration of your existing IBM Data Server client
packages.Refer to the “Clients upgrade” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version
10.5.
v Upgrading database applications involves testing them in the latest version or
release of DB2 Connect and modifying them only when you need to support
changes available in the latest version or release of DB2 Connect.
Review changes in existing functionality and discontinued and deprecated
functionality for DB2 Connect in “DB2(r) enhancements and changes that affect
DB2 Connect(tm)” in What's New for DB2 Version 10.5 to determine the changes
that could impact your database applications. If your database applications
connect to DB2 servers, you might need to upgrade your database applications.
Refer to the “Database applications and routines upgrade” topic in the Upgrading
to DB2 Version 10.5.
v Consideration toward DB2 Connect client, instead of DB2 Connect server, to
receive equivalent or superior function. You can reduce complexity, improve
performance, and deploy application solutions with smaller footprints. For
details, see the topic about client/server connection options.
The best approach to upgrading is to write an upgrade plan. A strategy defines
how to approach the upgrading of your environment and gives you the outline for
your upgrade plan. The characteristics of your environment and the information in
upgrade essentials, especially the upgrade recommendations and restrictions, can
help you determine your strategy. An upgrade plan should include the following
upgrade details for each component:
v Upgrade prerequisites that indicate all the requirements that you need to meet
before upgrading.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 15
v Pre-upgrade tasks which describe all the preparation tasks that you need to
perform before upgrading.
v Upgrade tasks which describe step by step the basic upgrade process for a
component and how to upgrade environments with special characteristics.
v Post-upgrade tasks which describe all the tasks that you need perform after
upgrading to have your DB2 server running at the optimum level.
v Review the need to opt for DB2 Connect client, instead of DB2 Connect server,
to receive equivalent or superior function.
You will find that pre-upgrade tasks, upgrading tasks, and post-upgrade tasks for
DB2 Connect servers reference pre-upgrade tasks, upgrading tasks, and
post-upgrade tasks for DB2 servers because they are exactly the same tasks.
Upgrade essentials for DB2 Connect
If you are upgrading your clients to the latest version or release of DB2 Connect,
you need to consider the changes in support and resolve them before you upgrade.
Upgrade essentials for DB2 servers and clients also apply to DB2 Connect
servers
Upgrade support and restrictions for DB2 servers and clients also apply
when you upgrade your DB2 Connect server.
v Review upgrade essentials for DB2 servers to determine additional
changes that impact your upgrade and how to address any issues. Refer
to the “Upgrade essentials for DB2 Servers” topic in Upgrading to DB2
Version 10.5 .
v Review upgrade essentials for clients, especially connectivity support
between clients and DB2 servers. Connections to the latest version or
release of DB2 Connect servers from a client release two or more
versions earlier are not supported.Refer to the “Upgrade essentials for
clients” topic in Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 .
v Review the need to opt for DB2 Connect client, instead of DB2 Connect
server, to receive equivalent or superior function. You can reduce
complexity, improve performance, and deploy application solutions with
smaller footprints. For details, see the topic about client/server
connection options.
Upgrade recommendations for DB2 Connect
The last two versions of the clients can connect to the latest version or
release of DB2 Connect servers. The only restriction is that new features
are not available to the clients from the previous versions and releases.
However, it is not likely that you need access to these new features
because your existing applications do not use them.
If you choose to upgrade your clients first, you need to be aware that there
are known limitations about the support for connectivity from a current
version or release of the client to DB2 Connect servers from two versions
ago. Check the current version or release of the incompatibilities with
previous releases, see if these limitations apply to your application in order
to take necessary actions.
Perform the pre- and post-upgrade tasks to ensure a successful upgrade.
16 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers
To successfully upgrade your DB2 Connect servers, preparation is required to
address any issues that may exist.
Procedure
Perform the following pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 servers that also apply to DB2
Connect servers:
1. Review the “Upgrade essentials for DB2 Connect” on page 16 to identify the
changes or restrictions that can affect your upgrade and learn how to address
any issues before upgrading.
2. If the modification level of your product is higher than 10, install DB2 for
z/OS APAR PM35785 on your z/OS system before upgrading to a new release
or fix pack of DB2 Connect.
3. Refer to the “Backing up DB2 server configuration and diagnostic
information” topic in Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 to have a record of your
current configuration that you can compare with the configuration after the
upgrade. You can also use this information to create new instances or
databases using the same configuration that you had before upgrading.
4. Optional: If you enabled the Syncpoint Manager (SPM) functionality on your
DB2 Connect server, ensure that the DRDA sync point managers do not
contain any indoubt transactions by using the LIST DRDA INDOUBT
TRANSACTIONS command to get a list of indoubt transactions and to
interactively resolve any indoubt transactions.
5. Optional: If you have transaction manager databases, perform the following
pre-upgrade tasks to prepare your databases for upgrading:
a. Ensure that the database to be upgraded does not contain any indoubt
transactions by using the LIST INDOUBT TRANSACTIONS command to get a
list of indoubt transactions and to interactively resolve any indoubt
transactions.
b. Refer to the “Verify that your databases are ready for upgrading” topic in
the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 to identify and resolve any problems
before the actual upgrade.
c. Refer to the “Backing up databases before upgrading” topic in the
Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 to be able to upgrade them to a new
upgraded system or restore them in the original pre-upgrade system.
d. Review the “disk space requirements” topic in the Upgrading to DB2
Version 10.5 to ensure that you have enough free disk space, temporary
table space and log space for database upgrading and increase table space
and log file sizes if necessary.
e. Linux only: Review the “Changing raw devices to block devices (Linux)”
topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 .
6. Optional: If you have DB2 Connect federated databases, refer to the
“Preparing to migrate to federated systems” topic in the IBM WebSphere
Information Integration: Migrating to Federation Version 9 for details on
pre-upgrade tasks for these databases.
7. Windows only: If you obtained customized code page conversion tables from
the DB2 support service, you need to backup all of the files in the
DB2OLDconv directory where DB2OLD is the location of your existing DB2
Connect copy. Upgrading your current version or release of DB2 Connect copy
Chapter 3. Upgrading to DB2 Connect Version 10.5 17
removes these tables because standard code page tables are contained in a
new version or release DB2 Connect library. You do not need to backup
standard code page conversion tables.
8. Optional: Upgrade your DB2 Connect server in a test environment to identify
upgrade issues and to verify that database applications and routines work as
expected before upgrading your production environment.
9. If the diaglevel database manager configuration parameter is set to 2 or less,
set it to 3 or higher before upgrading.
Refer to the “Setting the diagnostic log file error capture level” topic in the
Troubleshooting and Tuning Database Performance to set this database manager
configuration parameter.
In the latest version or release of DB2 Connect, all significant upgrade events
are logged in the db2diag log files when the diaglevel database manager
configuration parameter is set to 3 (default value) or higher.
10. Take the DB2 Connect server offline for upgrading. For details, refer to the
“Taking a DB2 server offline before upgrading” topic in the Upgrading to DB2
Version 10.5.
Upgrading DB2 Connect servers
DB2 Connect Version 10.5 servers support the upgrade of DB2 Connect instances,
and any existing transaction manager and DB2 Connect federated databases
created on DB2 Connect Version 9.7 and Version 9.5 servers.
Before you begin
Before upgrading to DB2 Connect Version 10.5:
v Ensure that you have the proper operating system access:
– Root user authority on UNIX
– Local Administrator on Windows
v Ensure that you have SYSADM authority.
v Ensure that you meet the installation requirements for DB2 database products.
Refer to the “Installation requirements for DB2 database products” topic in the
Installing DB2 Servers . The requirements for Linux and UNIX operating systems
have changed.
v Review the upgrade recommendations. Refer to the “Best practices for
upgrading DB2 Servers” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5.
v Review the disk space requirements. Refer to the “Disk space requirements for
DB2 Server upgrades” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5.
v Perform the pre-upgrade tasks, especially backing up your databases.
About this task
Since DB2 Connect server products are host database connectivity servers, the only
databases that can exist within a DB2 Connect server instance are transaction
manager databases and DB2 Connect federated databases. The DB2 Connect
transaction manager database stores transaction state information for DB2
coordinated transactions. The sole purpose of DB2 Connect federated databases is
to contain information about data sources.
On Linux and UNIX operating systems, you should manually upgrade your DB2
Connect instances after installing the latest version of DB2 Connect. All the remote
nodes and databases that you cataloged on the DB2 clients refer to these instances.
18 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
If you create a new instance, again you will have to catalog nodes, DCS databases,
and databases on the DB2 clients that existed in the instances from the previous
version.
On Windows operating systems, you have an option to automatically upgrade an
existing, supported DB2 Connect copy during installation. Your DB2 Connect
instances are automatically upgraded. Alternatively, you can install a new copy of
the latest version of DB2 Connect and then manually upgrade your DB2 Connect
instances.
This procedure describes how to upgrade by installing a new copy of the latest
version of DB2 Connect and then upgrade instances and any existing databases. To
automatically upgrade an existing, supported DB2 Connect copy on Windows,
refer to “Upgrading a DB2 server (Windows)”in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5.
Restrictions
v The bit size of the client instance is determined by the operating system where
you install DB2 Connect. Refer to the “Support changes for 32-bit and 64-bit DB2
servers” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 for details.
v Additional upgrade restrictions for DB2 servers also apply to DB2 Connect
servers. Refer to the “Upgrade restrictions for DB2 servers” topic in the
Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 .
Procedure
To upgrade your DB2 Connect server Version 10.5:
1. Export your connectivity configuration information for your existing, supported
DB2 Connect server to an export profile. Use the db2cfexp tool to create a
configuration profile:
db2cfexp cfg_profile backup
This profile contains all of the instance configuration information, including the
database manager configuration and registry profile because the option backup
is specified. You can use this profile to re-create your connectivity configuration
if necessary.
2. Install DB2 Connect by running the DB2 Setup wizard and selecting the option
Install New on the Install a Product panel. Refer to Chapter 6, “DB2 Connect
server products: installation and configuration overview,” on page 35.
3. Upgrade your DB2 Connect instances using the db2iupgrade command. Refer
to the “Upgrading instances” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 .
4. Upgrade any existing transaction manager and DB2 Connect federated
databases. You can also upgrade your databases by restoring a DB2 Connect
backup from one of the two previous supported versions. Upgrade any existing
transaction manager and DB2 Connect federated databases by referring to the
“Upgrading databases” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5.
What to do next
After upgrading the DB2 Connect server, perform the recommended post-upgrade
tasks such as resetting the diagnostic error level, adjusting log space size, and
rebinding packages, and verifying that your upgrade was successful. Refer to
“Post-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers” on page 20.
Chapter 3. Upgrading to DB2 Connect Version 10.5 19
Post-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers
After upgrading your DB2 Connect servers, you should perform several
post-upgrade tasks to ensure that your DB2 Connect servers perform as expected
and run at their optimum level.
Procedure
Perform the following post-upgrade tasks for DB2 servers that also apply to DB2
Connect servers:
1. If you set the diaglevel database manager configuration parameter to 4 as
recommended in the pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers, reset this
parameter to the value set before the upgrade.
2. Manage changes in DB2 server behavior. Refer to the “Manage changes in DB2
server behavior” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 . There are new
registry variables, new configuration parameters, and new default values for
registry variables and configuration parameters introduced in latest version or
release of DB2 database products that can impact the behavior of the DB2
database server. There are also changes in physical design characteristics of
databases and changes to security that also have an impact.
3. If you obtained customized code page conversion tables from the DB2 support
service for previous versions or releases, copy all of the files for those tables
from the DB2OLD/conv to DB2DIR/conv, where DB2OLD is the location of your
previous supported version of DB2 Connect copy and DB2DIR is the location of
your new DB2 Connect copy. You do not need to copy standard code page
conversion tables.
If you upgraded your existing, supported DB2 Connect copy on Windows
operating systems, you can restore the customized code page conversion tables
that you backed up as part of the pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers to
the DB2PATHconv directory, where DB2PATH is the location of your new DB2
Connect copy.
4. If you are connecting to a DB2 for z/OS server or a IBM DB2 for IBM i server
where euro support is required, set the DB2CONNECT_ENABLE_EURO_CODEPAGE
registry variable to YES on all DB2 Connect clients and servers so that the
current application code page is mapped to the equivalent coded character set
ID (CCSID) that explicitly indicates support for the euro sign.
5. Optional: If you upgraded any databases in your DB2 Connect server and
changed the log space setting as recommended in the pre-upgrade tasks for
DB2 Connect servers, adjust the log space size. Refer to the “Adjusting the log
space size in migrated databases” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 .
Ensure that the amount of log space that you allocate is adequate for your DB2
Connect server.
6. Optional: Back up your databases after the upgrade is complete. Refer to the
“Backing up databases before upgrading” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version
10.5 .
7. Optional: If you have DB2 Connect federated databases, review the
“Configuring federated systems after migration” topic in IBM WebSphere
Information Integration: Migrating to Federation Version 9 to determine if you need
to perform any tasks after you upgrade your federated databases.
8. Verify that your DB2 Connect server upgrade was successful. Test connections
to all your cataloged databases. The following example shows how to test a
connection from the Command Line Processor (CLP):
db2 CONNECT TO DATABASE sample user mickey using mouse
20 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
You need to specify a user and password when connecting to a remote
database. Ensure all connections are successful.
Also, test your applications and tools to ensure that the DB2 Connect server is
working as expected.
What to do next
At this point, you should resume all of your maintenance activities. You should
also remove any previously supported versions or releases of DB2 Connect copies
that you no longer need.
Chapter 3. Upgrading to DB2 Connect Version 10.5 21
22 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Part 4. Preinstallation tasks
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 23
24 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 4. Java software support for DB2 Connect
You require the appropriate level of IBM Software Development Kit (SDK) for Java
to use Java-based tools and to create and run Java applications, including stored
procedures and user-defined functions.
If the IBM SDK for Java is required by a component being installed and the SDK
for Java is not already installed in that path, the SDK for Java will be installed if
you use either the DB2 Setup wizard or a response file to install the product.
The SDK for Java is not installed with IBM Data Server Runtime Client or IBM
Data Server Driver Package.
The following table lists the installed SDK for Java levels for DB2 database
products according to operating system platform:
Operating System Platform SDK for Java level
AIX®
SDK 7
HP-UX for Itanium-based
systems
SDK 7
Linux on x86 SDK 7
Linux on AMD64/EM64T SDK 7
Linux on zSeries®
SDK 7
Linux on POWER®
SDK7
Sun SPARC x64 SDK 7
Sun Solaris x64 SDK 7
Windows x86 SDK 7
Windows x64 SDK 7
Note:
1. The SDK for Java software can be downloaded from the developerWorks®
Web
page at: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/java/jdk/index.html . For a
list of the supported levels of the SDK for Java, see the table later in this
section entitled DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows support for SDKs for Java.
Note: For Windows operating system platforms, use the IBM Development
Package for Eclipse downloads.
2. DB2 GUI tools only run on Linux on x86, Linux on AMD64/EM64T, Windows
x86, and Windows x64.
3. On Windows x86 and Linux on x86:
v the 32-bit SDK is installed
v 32-bit applications and Java external routines are supported
4. On all supported platforms (except Windows x86, and Linux on x86):
v 32-bit applications are supported
v 32-bit Java external routines are not supported
v 64-bit applications and Java external routines are supported
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 25
Supported Java application development software
The following table lists the supported levels of the SDK for Java. The listed levels
and forward-compatible later versions of the same levels are supported.
Because there are frequent SDK for Java fixes and updates, not all levels and
versions have been tested. If your database application has problems that are
related to the SDK for Java, try the next available version of your SDK for Java at
the given level.
Versions of SDK for Java, other than IBM SDK, are supported only for building
and running stand-alone Java applications. For building and running new Java
stored procedures and user-defined functions, only the IBM SDK for Java that is
included with the DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows product is supported. For
running Java stored procedures and user-defined functions that were built by prior
DB2 releases, refer to Table 1, column "Java Stored Procedures and User Defined
Functions" for details.
Table 2. DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows supported levels of SDKs for Java
Java applications
using JDBC driver
db2java.zip or
db2jcc.jar
Java applications
using JDBC driver
db2jcc4.jar7
Java Stored
Procedures and User
Defined Functions DB2 Graphical Tools
AIX 1.4.2 to 7 6 and 7 1.4.26
to 7 5
N/A
HP-UX for
Itanium-based
systems
1.4.2 to 71
6 and 71
1.4.26
to 7 N/A
Linux on POWER 1.4.2 to 73,4
6 and 73,4
1.4.26
to 7 N/A
Linux on x86 1.4.2 to 72,3,4
6 and 72,3,4
1.4.26
to 7 5 to 7
Linux on AMD64 and
Intel EM64T
processors
1.4.2 to 72,3,4
6 and 72,3,4
1.4.26
to 7 N/A
Linux on zSeries 1.4.2 to 73,4
6 and 73,4
1.4.26
to 7 N/A
Sun SPARC 64 1.4.2 to 72
6 and 72
1.4.26
to 7 N/A
Solaris x64 1.4.2 to 72
6 and 72
1.4.26
to 7 N/A
Windows on x86 1.4.2 to 72
6 and 72
1.4.26
to 7 5 to 7
Windows on x64, for
AMD64 and Intel
EM64T processors
1.4.2 to 72
6 and 72
1.4.26
to 7 5 to 7
Note:
1. The same levels of the SDK for Java that are available from Hewlett-Packard
are supported for building and running stand-alone client applications that run
under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ.
2. The same levels of the SDK for Java that are available from Oracle are
supported for building and running stand-alone applications with the IBM
Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ. However, if you set the IBM Data
Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ property securityMechanism for a type of
security that uses encryption, the SDK for Java must support the type of
encryption that you use. For example, the SDK for Java that you use might
support 256-bit AES (strong) encryption, but not 56-bit DES (weak) encryption.
You can specify the encryption algorithm by setting the IBM Data Server Driver
26 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
for JDBC and SQLJ property encryptionAlgorithm. To use 256-bit AES
encryption, set encryptionAlgorithm to 2. When you use 256-bit AES encryption
with the SDK for Java from Oracle, you might need to install the JCE Unlimited
Strength Jurisdiction Policy File, which is available from Oracle.
3. A minimum level of SDK for Java 1.4.2 SR6 is required for SUSE Linux
Enterprise Server (SLES) 10. A minimum level of SDK for Java 1.4.2 SR7 is
required for Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) 5.
4. SDK for Java 6 support on Linux requires SDK for Java 6 SR3 or later.
5. If SDK for Java 6 SR2 or later is used, set DB2LIBPATH=java_home/jre/lib/ppc64.
6. Support for Java stored procedures and user-defined functions built by IBM
SDK for Java 1.4.2 was deprecated in Version 9.7 and might be removed in a
future release. IBM SDK for Java 1.4.2 has an End of Service date of September
2011. It is recommended to remove SDK for Java 1.4.2 dependency well before
this date. Removing this dependency can be done by rebuilding Java stored
procedures and user-defined functions with the SDK for Java included in DB2
Version 9.1, DB2 Version 9.5, DB2 Version 9.7 or DB2 V10.1 .
7. Java 6 is sufficient if you need to use JDBC 4.0 functions only. Java 7 is required
if you need to use JDBC 4.1 functions.
Chapter 4. Java software support for DB2 Connect 27
28 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 5. Kernel parameters (Linux and UNIX)
Kernel configuration parameters may need to be updated to allow DB2 Connect
(and other DB2 database products) to perform properly.
Each of the supported operating systems is discussed with the goal of showing
how to modify the respective kernel configuration parameters.
Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect (HP-UX)
For your DB2 database product to perform properly on HP-UX, you might need to
update your system's kernel configuration parameters. If you update your kernel
configuration parameter values, you must restart your computer.
Before you begin
You must have root user authority to modify kernel parameters.
Procedure
To modify kernel parameters:
1. Enter the sam command to start the System Administration Manager (SAM)
program.
2. Double-click the Kernel Configuration icon.
3. Double-click the Configurable Parameters icon.
4. Double-click the parameter that you want to change and type the new value in
the Formula/Value field.
5. Click OK.
6. Repeat these steps for all of the kernel configuration parameters that you want
to change.
7. When you are finished setting all of the kernel configuration parameters, select
Action > Process New Kernel from the action menu bar.
Results
The HP-UX operating system automatically restarts after you change the values for
the kernel configuration parameters.
Tip:
kctune can also be used on HP-UX for adjusting kernel parameters.
Recommended kernel configuration parameters for DB2 Connect
(HP-UX)
For HP-UX systems running a DB2 64-bit database system, run the db2osconf
command to suggest appropriate kernel configuration parameter values for your
system.
The db2osconf utility can only be run from $DB2DIR/bin, where DB2DIR is the
directory where you installed your DB2 database product.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 29
Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect (Linux)
Before installing a DB2 database system, update your Linux kernel parameters. The
default values for particular kernel parameters on Linux are not sufficient when
running a DB2 database system.
Before you begin
You must have root user authority to modify kernel parameters.
Procedure
To update kernel parameters on Red Hat and SUSE Linux:
1. Run the ipcs -l command.
2. Analyze the output to determine if there are any necessary changes required
for your system. Comments have been added following the // to show what
the parameter names are.
# ipcs -l
------ Shared Memory Limits --------
max number of segments = 4096 // SHMMNI
max seg size (kbytes) = 32768 // SHMMAX
max total shared memory (kbytes) = 8388608 // SHMALL
min seg size (bytes) = 1
------ Semaphore Limits --------
max number of arrays = 1024 // SEMMNI
max semaphores per array = 250 // SEMMSL
max semaphores system wide = 256000 // SEMMNS
max ops per semop call = 32 // SEMOPM
semaphore max value = 32767
------ Messages: Limits --------
max queues system wide = 1024 // MSGMNI
max size of message (bytes) = 65536 // MSGMAX
default max size of queue (bytes) = 65536 // MSGMNB
v Beginning with the first section on Shared Memory Limits, SHMMAX and
SHMALL are the parameters that need to be looked at. SHMMAX is the
maximum size of a shared memory segment on a Linux system whereas
SHMALL is the maximum allocation of shared memory pages on a system.
– It is recommended to set the SHMMAX value to be equal to the amount
of physical memory on your system. However, the minimum required on
x86 systems is 268435456 (256 MB) and for 64-bit systems, it is 1073741824
(1 GB).
– SHMALL is set to 8 GB by default (8388608 KB = 8 GB). If you have more
physical memory than this, and it is to be used for the DB2 database
system, then this parameter increases to approximately 90% of your
computer's physical memory For instance, if you have a computer system
with 16 GB of memory to be used primarily for the DB2 database system,
then SHMALL should be set to 3774873 (90% of 16 GB is 14.4 GB; 14.4 GB
is then divided by 4 KB, which is the base page size). The ipcs output has
converted SHMALL into kilobytes. The kernel requires this value as a
number of pages. If you are upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 and you are
not using the default SHMALL setting, you must increase the SHMALL
setting by an additional 4 GB. This increase in memory is required by the
fast communication manager (FCM) for additional buffers or channels.
30 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
v The next section covers the amount of semaphores available to the operating
system. The kernel parameter sem consists of 4 tokens, SEMMSL, SEMMNS,
SEMOPM and SEMMNI. SEMMNS is the result of SEMMSL multiplied by
SEMMNI. The database manager requires that the number of arrays
(SEMMNI) be increased as necessary. Typically, SEMMNI should be twice the
maximum number of agents expected on the system multiplied by the
number of logical partitions on the database server computer plus the
number of local application connections on the database server computer.
v The third section covers messages on the system.
– MSGMNI affects the number of agents that can be started, MSGMAX
affects the size of the message that can be sent in a queue, and MSGMNB
affects the size of the queue.
– MSGMAX should be change to 64 KB (that is, 65535 bytes), and MSGMNB
should be increased to 65535.
3. To modify these kernel parameters, edit the /etc/sysctl.conf file. If this file
does not exist, create it. The following lines are examples of what should be
placed into the file:
kernel.sem=250 1024000 32 1024
#Example shmmax for a 64-bit system
kernel.shmmax=1073741824
#Example shmall for 90 percent of 16 GB memory
kernel.shmall=3774873
kernel.msgmax=65535
kernel.msgmnb=65535
kernel.msgmni=2048
4. Run sysctl with -p parameter to load in sysctl settings from the default file
/etc/sysctl.conf:
sysctl -p
5. To make the changes effective after every reboot:
v (SUSE Linux) Make boot.sysctl active
v (Red Hat) The rc.sysinit initialization script will read the /etc/sysctl.conf
file automatically
Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect (Solaris)
For the DB2 database system to operate properly, it is recommended that you
update your system's kernel configuration parameters. You can use the db2osconf
utility to suggest recommended kernel parameters. If you want to take advantage
of project resource controls (/etc/project), consult your Solaris documentation.
Before you begin
You must have root authority to modify kernel parameters.
To use the db2osconf command, you must first install the DB2 database system.
The db2osconf utility can only be run from $DB2DIR/bin, where DB2DIR is the
directory where you installed your DB2 database product.
You must restart your system after modifying kernel parameters.
Procedure
To set a kernel parameter:
Add a line at the end of the /etc/system file as follows:
Chapter 5. Kernel parameters (Linux and UNIX) 31
set parameter_name = value
For example, to set the value of the msgsys:msginfo_msgmax parameter, add the
following line to the end of the /etc/system file:
set msgsys:msginfo_msgmax = 65535
What to do next
After updating the /etc/system file, restart the system.
32 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Part 5. Installation and configuration tasks
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 33
34 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 6. DB2 Connect server products: installation and
configuration overview
Setting up a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition,
is a multi-step process. DB2 Connect server products are often installed with
hundreds or thousands of clients connecting to IBM mainframe database servers.
For this reason, it is recommended to use a test installation. After the test
configuration has proven stable, you can use it as the template for an unattended
installation of DB2 Connect and your clients across your organization.
The typical steps to installing and configuring a DB2 Connect server product are as
follows:
1. Determine how you want to use DB2 Connect in your network.
2. Verify that you have the correct hardware and software prerequisites on both
your workstation and the host database server.
3. Verify that your IBM mainframe database server is configured to accept
connections from DB2 Connect servers.
4. Install your DB2 Connect software. You will use this workstation to configure
and verify your IBM mainframe connections. Use the related links to find the
details specific to the installation of a DB2 Connect server product on your
operating system.
5. After installation, establish the connection between DB2 Connect and your
IBM mainframe database system. DB2 Connect can locate and configure all
TCP/IP connections for you. You can use the DB2 command line processor
(CLP) commands to configure IBM mainframe databases.
6. Bind the programs and utilities provided with DB2 Connect to your IBM
mainframe database.
7. Test the connection.
8. (Optional) Enable the Multisite Update feature.
9. If you are planning to use WebSphere®
, transaction monitors, or your own
application server software, install these products or applications. For
information about installing WebSphere consult the documentation provided
with these products as part of the DB2 Connect server product package. For
other products consult the installation documentation provided with the
product.
10. Install and configure the IBM data server client. Use this workstation to test
connectivity from the IBM data server client to IBM mainframe database
servers, as well as to test applications that use this connectivity.
11. Use the CLP commands to connect the client to the IBM mainframe system
through DB2 Connect.
12. Install a IBM data server client on all end-user workstations that will use
applications that connect to IBM mainframe database servers.
13. You are now ready to use DB2 Connect with all your applications.
Workstations that will be used for application development should have the
IBM data server client installed.
14. If you want to use your workstation to administer DB2 for z/OS or DB2 for
Linux, UNIX, and Windows, install the IBM data server client.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 35
36 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 7. DB2 Connect disk and memory requirements
Ensure that an appropriate amount of disk space is available for your DB2 Connect
environment, and allocate memory accordingly.
Disk requirements
The disk space required for your product depends on the type of installation you
choose and the type of file system you have. The DB2 Setup wizard provides
dynamic size estimates based on the components selected during a typical,
compact, or custom installation.
Remember to include disk space for required databases, software, and
communication products. Ensure that the file system is not mounted with
concurrent I/O (CIO) option.
On Linux and UNIX operating systems, 2 GB of free space in the /tmp directory is
recommended, and at least 512 MB of free space in the /var directory is required.
Note: On Linux and UNIX operating systems, you must install your DB2 product
in an empty directory. If the directory that you have specified as the install path
contains subdirectories or files, your DB2 installation might fail.
On Windows operating systems the following free space is recommended in
additional to that of your DB2 product:
v 40 MB in the system drive
v 60 MB in the temporary folder specified by the temp environment variable.
Memory requirements
Memory requirements are affected by the size and complexity of your database
system, the extent of database activity, and the number of clients accessing your
system. At a minimum, a DB2 database system requires 256 MB of RAM1
. For a
system running just a DB2 product and the DB2 GUI tools, a minimum of 512 MB
of RAM is required. However, 1 GB of RAM is recommended for improved
performance. These requirements do not include any additional memory
requirements for other software that is running on your system. For IBM data
server client support, these memory requirements are for a base of five concurrent
client connections. For every additional five client connections, an additional 16
MB of RAM is required.
For DB2 server products, the self-tuning memory manager (STMM) simplifies the
task of memory configuration by automatically setting values for several memory
configuration parameters. When enabled, the memory tuner dynamically
distributes available memory resources among several memory consumers
including sort, the package cache, the lock list, and buffer pools.
1. DB2 products that run on HP-UX Version 11i for Itanium-based systems require a minimum of 512 MB of RAM.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 37
Paging space requirements
DB2 requires paging, also called swap to be enabled. This configuration is required
to support various functions in DB2 which monitor or depend on knowledge of
swap/paging space utilization. The actual amount of swap/paging space required
varies across systems and is not solely based on memory utilization by application
software. It is only strictly required by DB2 on the Solaris and HP platforms due to
their use of early paging space allocation.
A reasonable minimum swap/paging space configuration for most systems is
25-50% of RAM. Solaris and HP systems with many small databases or multiple
databases tuned by STMM might require a paging space configuration of 1 x RAM
or higher. These higher requirements are due to virtual memory pre-allocated per
database / instance, and retained virtual memory in the case of STMM tuning
multiple databases. Additional swap/paging space might be wanted to provision
for unanticipated memory overcommitment on a system.
38 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 8. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (AIX)
To define your installation preferences and to install a DB2 Connect product on
AIX, use the DB2 Setup wizard.
Before you begin
Before you begin your installation:
v You can install DB2 Connect using either root or non-root user authority.
v Ensure that your system meets:
– Disk and memory requirements
– Hardware and software requirements. Refer to “Installation requirements for
DB2 Connect server products (AIX)” on page 41.
v The DB2 database product DVD must be mounted on your system.
v The DB2 Connect product image must be available. If you are installing a
non-English version of a DB2 Connect product, you must also have the
appropriate National Language Packages.
v Ensure that asynchronous I/O has been enabled; it must be enabled before your
DB2 Connect server product can be successfully installed.
v To locate DB2 database products already installed on your system, use the db2ls
command. Refer to the “Listing DB2 products installed on your system (Linux
and UNIX)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers .
v The DB2 Setup wizard is a graphical installer. You must have X windows
software capable of rendering a graphical user interface for the DB2 Setup
wizard to run on your machine. Ensure that the X windows server is running.
Ensure that you have properly exported your display. For example, export
DISPLAY=9.26.163.144:0.
v If security software such as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is
used in your environment, you must manually create required DB2 users before
you start the DB2 Setup wizard.
Note: Network Information Services (NIS) and Network Information Services
Plus (NIS+) features are deprecated starting with DB2 Version 9.1 Fix Pack 2.
Support for these features might be removed in a future release. Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is the recommended solution for centralized
user-management services.
About this task
The DB2 Installer program is a Java-based installation tool that automates the
installation and configuration of any DB2 database product. If you prefer not to
use this utility, you have two alternatives. You can install a DB2 Connect product:
v Using the response file method
v Manually using the db2setup command. You cannot manually install a DB2
database product using the operating system's native installation utility SMIT.
Any existing scripts containing this native installation utility that you use to
interface and query with DB2 installations will need to change.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 39
Procedure
To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition,
on AIX using the DB2 Setup wizard:
1. Change to the directory where the DVD is mounted:
cd /db2dvd
where /db2dvd represents mount point of the DVD.
2. If you downloaded the DB2 Connect product image, you must decompress and
untar the product file.
a. Decompress the product file:
gzip -d product.tar.gz
where product is the name of the database product that you downloaded.
b. Untar the product file:
tar xvf product.tar
c. Change directory:
cd ./product/disk1
Note: If you downloaded a National Language Package, untar it into the same
directory. This will create the subdirectories (for example ./nlpack/disk2) in
the same directory, and allows the installer to automatically find the installation
images without prompting
3. Enter the ./db2setup command from the directory where the product image
resides to start the DB2 Setup wizard. After a few moments, the IBM DB2
Setup Launchpad opens. For multiple CD installations, issue the db2setup
command outside the mounted CD location with either a relative or absolute
path name to ensure the DB2 Connect product CD can be unmounted as
required. From this window, you can view the installation prerequisites and the
release notes or you can proceed directly to the installation.
4. Once you have initiated the installation, proceed through the DB2 Setup wizard
installation panels and make your selections. Installation help is available to
guide you through the DB2 Setup wizard. Click Help to invoke the online help.
You can click Cancel at any time to exit the installation. DB2 files will only be
copied to your system once you have clicked Finish on the last DB2 Setup
wizard installation panel. Once completed, the DB2 Connect server product is
installed using the /opt/IBM/db2/V9.8 default installation path.
If you are installing on a system where this directory is already being used, the
DB2 Connect product installation path will have _xx added to it, where xx are
digits, starting at 01 and increasing depending on how many DB2 copies you
have installed.
You can also specify your own DB2 database product installation path.
Results
National Language Packs can also be installed by running the ./db2setup
command from the directory where the National Language Pack resides, after a
DB2 Connect product has been installed.
The installation logs, db2setup.log and db2setup.err will be located, by default, in
the /tmp directory. You can specify the location of the log files.
40 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
If you want your DB2 database product to have access to DB2 documentation
either on your local computer or on another computer on your network, then you
must install the DB2 Information Center. The DB2 Information Center contains
documentation for the DB2 database and DB2 related products. See the “Installing
the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (UNIX)” topic in Installing
DB2 Servers .
Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (AIX)
Before you install DB2 Connect server products on AIX operating systems, ensure
that the system you choose meets the necessary operating system, hardware,
software, and communications requirements.
Important: For the most up-to-date installation requirements for DB2 database
products, you must start using the System requirements for IBM DB2 for Linux,
UNIX, and Windows and System requirements for IBM DB2 Connect technotes.
These technotes use IBM Software Product Compatibility Reports (SPCR). With the
SPCR tool, you can locate and find complete lists of supported operating systems,
system requirements, prerequisites, and optional supported software for DB2
database products. This DB2 Information Centre topic might be removed in a
future release or fix pack.
To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition,
the following requirements must be met:
Installation requirements
Table 3. AIX installation requirements
Operating System Hardware
AIX Version 6.12
v 64-bit AIX kernel is required
v AIX 6.1 Technology Level (TL) 6 and
Service Pack (SP) 5
v Minimum C++ runtime level requires the
xlC.rte 11.1.0.1 and xlC AIX rte 11.1.0.1 (or
later) filesets.
AIX Version 7.1
v 64-bit AIX kernel is required
v AIX 7.1 Technology Level (TL) 0 and
Service Pack (SP) 3
v Minimum C++ runtime level requires the
xlC.rte 11.1.0.1 and xlC AIX rte 11.1.0.1 (or
later) filesets.
64-bit Common Hardware Reference
Platform (CHRP) architecture, excluding
POWER3 processor-based systems.1
All processors that are capable of running
the supported AIX operating systems.
v 1
To verify that it is a CHRP architecture system, issue the command
lscfg and look for the following output: Model Architecture: chrp. For
POWER3 processor-based systems, first upgrade to POWER4
processor-based systems before installing DB2 Version 10.5. POWER3
processor-based systems are not supported in DB2 Version 10.5.
v 2
In AIX 6.1 there are two types of Workload Partitions (WPARs): system
WPARs and application WPARs. DB2 installation is supported only on a
system WPAR. AIX 6.1 also supports the ability to encrypt a JFS2 file
system or set of files.
Software requirements
Chapter 8. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 41
v Use the bosboot command to switch to the 64-bit kernel.
To switch to a 64-bit kernel, you require root authority and should enter
the following commands:
ln -sf /usr/lib/boot/unix_64 /unix
ln -sf /usr/lib/boot/unix_64 /usr/lib/boot/unix
bosboot -a
shutdown -Fr
v For application development and runtime considerations, see the topics
in Supported programming languages and compilers for database
application development.
v You can download the latest IBM C++ Runtime Environment
Components for AIX from the IBM AIX XL C and C++ support website.
v One of the following browsers is required to view online help and to
run First Steps (db2fs):
– Firefox 3.0 and later
– Google Chrome
– Safari 4.0
v For details regarding known AIX issues, see www.ibm.com/support/
docview.wss?&uid=swg21165448
Communication requirements
When using a communication protocol, you have the following
requirements:
v For TCP/IP connectivity, no additional software is required.
v For LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) support, you require
an IBM SecureWay Directory Client V3.2.1 or later.
DB2 product installation on NFS (Network File System)
The installation of DB2 products on NFS (Network File System) is not
recommended. Running DB2 products on NFS (for example, NFS mounting
/opt/IBM/db2/V10.5 and then running off code that was physically installed on a
remote system) requires several manual setup steps. There are also a number of
potential issues with setting up NFS for a DB2 server. These include possible
problems that involve:
v Performance (impacted by network performance)
v Availability (you are allowing a single point of failure)
v Licensing (there is no checking done across machines)
v Diagnosing NFS errors can be difficult
As mentioned, the setup for NFS will require several manual actions including:
v Ensuring that the mount point preserve the install path
v Permission must be controlled (for example, write permission should not be
given to the mounting machine)
v DB2 registries have to be set up manually and maintained across all mounting
machines
v The db2ls command, which lists installed DB2 products and features, must be
set up and maintained properly if you need to detect DB2 products and features
v More care is required when updating your DB2 product environment
v More steps are required when cleaning up on the exporting machine and the
mounting machine
42 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Mounting CDs or DVDs (AIX)
To mount your DB2 database product CD or DVD on AIX operating systems, use
the System Management Interface Tool (SMIT).
Before you begin
Depending on your system configuration, you might need to log on with root user
authority to mount discs.
Procedure
To mount the CD or DVD on AIX using SMIT, perform the following steps:
1. Insert the disc in the drive.
2. Create a disc mount point by entering the mkdir -p /disc command, where disc
represents the CD or DVD mount point directory.
3. Allocate a disc file system using SMIT by entering the smit storage command.
4. After SMIT starts, select File Systems > Add / Change / Show / Delete File
Systems > CDROM File Systems > Add CDROM File System.
5. In the Add a File System window:
a. Enter a device name for your CD or DVD file system in the DEVICE Name
field. Device names for CD or DVD file systems must be unique. If there is
a duplicate device name, you may need to delete a previously-defined CD
or DVD file system or use another name for your directory. In this example,
/dev/cd0 is the device name.
b. Enter the disc mount point directory in the MOUNT POINT window. In this
example, the mount point directory is /disc.
c. In the Mount AUTOMATICALLY at system restart field, select yes to
enable automatic mounting of the file system.
d. Click OK to close the window, then click Cancel three times to exit SMIT.
6. Mount the CD or DVD file system by entering the smit mountfs command.
7. In the Mount a File System window:
a. Enter the device name for this CD or DVD file system in the FILE SYSTEM
name field. In this example, the device name is /dev/cd0.
b. Enter the disc mount point in the Directory over which to mount field. In
this example, the mount point is /disc.
c. Enter cdrfs in the Type of Filesystem field. To view the other kinds of file
systems you can mount, click List.
d. In the Mount as READ-ONLY system field, select yes.
e. Accept the remaining default values and click OK to close the window.
Results
Your CD or DVD file system is now mounted. To view the contents of the CD or
DVD, place the disk in the drive and enter the cd /disc command where disc is the
disc mount point directory.
Chapter 8. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 43
44 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 9. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (HP-UX)
To define your installation preferences and to install a DB2 Connect product on
HP-UX, use the DB2 Setup wizard.
Before you begin
Before you begin your installation:
v You can install DB2 Connect using either root or non-root user authority.
v Ensure that your system meets:
– Disk and memory requirements
– Hardware, distribution and software requirements. Refer to “Installation
requirements for DB2 Connect server products (HP-UX)” on page 47.
v The DB2 database product DVD must be mounted on your system.
v The DB2 Connect product image must be available. If you are installing a
non-English version of a DB2 Connect product, you must also have the
appropriate National Language Packages.
v To locate DB2 database products already installed on your system, use the db2ls
command. Refer to the “Listing DB2 products installed on your system (Linux
and UNIX)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers .
v The DB2 Setup wizard is a graphical installer. You must have X windows
software capable of rendering a graphical user interface for the DB2 Setup
wizard to run on your machine. Ensure that the X windows server is running.
Ensure that you have properly exported your display. For example, export
DISPLAY=9.26.163.144:0.
v If security software such as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is
used in your environment, you must manually create required DB2 users before
you start the DB2 Setup wizard.
Note: Network Information Services (NIS) and Network Information Services
Plus (NIS+) features are deprecated starting with DB2 Version 9.1 Fix Pack 2.
Support for these features might be removed in a future release. Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is the recommended solution for centralized
user-management services.
About this task
The DB2 Installer program is a Java-based installation tool that automates the
installation and configuration of any DB2 database product. If you prefer not to
use this utility, you have two alternatives. You can install a DB2 Connect product:
v Using the response file method
v Manually using the db2setup command. You cannot manually install a DB2
database product using the operating system's native installation utility
swinstall. Any existing scripts containing this native installation utility that you
use to interface and query with DB2 installations will need to change.
Procedure
To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition,
on HP-UX using the DB2 Setup wizard:
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 45
1. Change to the directory where the DVD is mounted:
cd /db2dvd
where /db2dvd represents mount point of the DVD.
2. If you downloaded the DB2 Connect product image, you must decompress and
untar the product file.
a. Decompress the product file:
gzip -d product.tar.gz
where product is the name of the database product that you downloaded.
b. Untar the product file:
tar xvf product.tar
c. Change directory:
cd ./product/disk1
Note: If you downloaded a National Language Package, untar it into the same
directory. This will create the subdirectories (for example ./nlpack/disk2) in
the same directory, and allows the installer to automatically find the installation
images without prompting
3. Enter the ./db2setup command from the directory where the product image
resides to start the DB2 Setup wizard. After a few moments, the IBM DB2
Setup Launchpad opens. For multiple CD installations, issue the db2setup
command outside the mounted CD location with either a relative or absolute
path name to ensure the DB2 Connect product CD can be unmounted as
required. From this window, you can view the installation prerequisites and the
release notes or you can proceed directly to the installation.
4. Once you have initiated the installation, proceed through the DB2 Setup wizard
installation panels and make your selections. Installation help is available to
guide you through the DB2 Setup wizard. Click Help to invoke the online help.
You can click Cancel at any time to exit the installation. DB2 files will only be
copied to your system once you have clicked Finish on the last DB2 Setup
wizard installation panel. Once completed, the DB2 Connect server product is
installed using the /opt/IBM/db2/V10.5 default installation path.
If you are installing on a system where this directory is already being used, the
DB2 Connect product installation path will have _xx added to it, where xx are
digits, starting at 01 and increasing depending on how many DB2 copies you
have installed.
You can also specify your own DB2 database product installation path.
Results
National Language Packs can also be installed by running the ./db2setup
command from the directory where the National Language Pack resides, after a
DB2 Connect product has been installed.
The installation logs, db2setup.log and db2setup.err will be located, by default, in
the /tmp directory. You can specify the location of the log files.
If you want your DB2 database product to have access to DB2 documentation
either on your local computer or on another computer on your network, then you
must install the DB2 Information Center. The DB2 Information Center contains
documentation for the DB2 database and DB2 related products. See the “Installing
46 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (UNIX)” topic in Installing
DB2 Servers .
Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (HP-UX)
Before you install DB2 Connect server products on HP-UX operating systems,
ensure that the system you choose meets the necessary operating system,
hardware, software, and communications requirements.
Important: For the most up-to-date installation requirements for DB2 database
products, you must start using the System requirements for IBM DB2 for Linux,
UNIX, and Windows and System requirements for IBM DB2 Connect technotes.
These technotes use IBM Software Product Compatibility Reports (SPCR). With the
SPCR tool, you can locate and find complete lists of supported operating systems,
system requirements, prerequisites, and optional supported software for DB2
database products. This DB2 Information Centre topic might be removed in a
future release or fix pack.
To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition,
on HP-UX, the following requirements must be met:
Note: A 64-bit HP-UX operating system is required to support DB2 Connect.
Installation requirements
Table 4. HP-UX installation requirements
Operating System Hardware
HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31) with:
v PHSS_37202
v PHKL_41481
v PHKL_42035
v PHKL_42335
v PHKL_41588
v PHSS_41496
HP-UX 11i v4 (11.31)
Itanium based HP Integrity Series Systems
Software requirements
v A browser is required to view online help.
v For details regarding known HP-UX issues, see www.ibm.com/support/
docview.wss?&uid=swg21257602
Communication requirements
You can use TCP/IP
v For TCP/IP connectivity, no additional software is required.
Note: DB2 products installed on the HP-UX operating system support long host
names. The length has been extended to 255 bytes, in any combination of
characters or digits.
To enable long host name support, complete the following tasks:
1. Turn on the kernel tunable parameter expanded_node_host_name.
Kctune expanded_node_host_name=1
Chapter 9. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 47
2. Compile applications requiring long host name support with the
-D_HPUX_API_LEVEL=20040821 option.
Mounting CDs or DVDs for DB2 Connect (HP-UX)
To mount your DB2 database product CD or DVD on HP-UX operating systems,
issue the mount command.
Before you begin
Depending on your system configuration, you might need root user authority to
mount discs.
Procedure
To mount your DB2 database product CD or DVD on HP-UX:
1. Insert the CD or DVD in the drive.
2. If necessary, define a new directory as the mount point for the CD or DVD
drive. Define /cdrom as the mount point using the mkdir /cdrom command.
3. If necessary, identify the drive device file using the ioscan -fnC disk
command. This command lists all recognized CD or DVD drives and their
associated device files. The file name will be something similar to
/dev/dsk/c1t2d0.
4. Mount the CD or DVD drive to the mount-point directory:
mount -F cdfs -o rr /dev/dsk/c1t2d0 /cdrom
5. Obtain a file listing to verify the mount using the ls /cdrom command.
6. Log out.
Results
Your CD or DVD file system is now mounted. View the contents of the CD or
DVD by placing it in the drive and enter the cd /cdrom command where cdrom is
the mount point directory.
48 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 10. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (Linux)
To define your installation preferences and to install a DB2 Connect product on
Linux, use the DB2 Setup wizard.
Before you begin
Before you begin your installation:
v You can install DB2 Connect using either root or non-root user authority.
v Ensure that your system meets:
– Disk and memory requirements
– Hardware, distribution and software requirements. Refer to “Installation
requirements for DB2 Connect server products (Linux)” on page 51.
v The DB2 database product DVD must be mounted on your system.
v The DB2 Connect product image must be available. If you are installing a
non-English version of a DB2 Connect product, you must also have the
appropriate National Language Packages.
v To locate DB2 database products already installed on your system, use the db2ls
command.
v The DB2 Setup wizard is a graphical installer. You must have X windows
software capable of rendering a graphical user interface for the DB2 Setup
wizard to run on your machine. Ensure that the X windows server is running.
Ensure that you have properly exported your display. For example, export
DISPLAY=9.26.163.144:0.
v If security software such as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is
used in your environment, you must manually create required DB2 users before
you start the DB2 Setup wizard.
Note: Network Information Services (NIS) and Network Information Services
Plus (NIS+) features are deprecated starting with DB2 Version 9.1 Fix Pack 2.
Support for these features might be removed in a future release. Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is the recommended solution for centralized
user-management services.
About this task
The DB2 Setup wizard is a Java-based installation tool that automates the
installation and configuration of any DB2 database products. If you prefer not to
use this utility, you have two alternatives. You can install a DB2 Connect product:
v Using the response file method
v Manually using the db2setup command. You cannot manually install a DB2
database product using the operating system's native installation utility rpm. Any
existing scripts containing this native installation utility that you use to interface
and query with DB2 installations will need to change.
Procedure
To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition,
on Linux using the DB2 Setup wizard:
1. Change to the directory where the DVD is mounted:
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 49
cd /db2dvd
where /db2dvd represents mount point of the DVD.
2. If you downloaded the DB2 Connect product image, you must decompress and
untar the product file.
a. Decompress the product file:
gzip -d product.tar.gz
where product is the name of the database product that you downloaded.
b. Untar the product file:
tar xvf product.tar
c. Change directory:
cd ./product/disk1
Note: If you downloaded a National Language Package, untar it into the same
directory. This will create the subdirectories (for example ./nlpack/disk2) in
the same directory, and allows the installer to automatically find the installation
images without prompting
3. Enter the ./db2setup command from the directory where the product image
resides to start the DB2 Setup wizard. After a few moments, the IBM DB2
Setup Launchpad opens. For multiple CD installations, issue the db2setup
command outside the mounted CD location with either a relative or absolute
path name to ensure the DB2 Connect product CD can be unmounted as
required. From this window, you can view the installation prerequisites and the
release notes or you can proceed directly to the installation.
4. Once you have initiated the installation, proceed through the DB2 Setup wizard
installation panels and make your selections. Installation help is available to
guide you through the DB2 Setup wizard. Click Help to invoke the online help.
You can click Cancel at any time to exit the installation. DB2 files will only be
copied to your system once you have clicked Finish on the last DB2 Setup
wizard installation panel. Once completed, the DB2 Connect server product is
installed using the /opt/IBM/db2/V9.8 default installation path.
If you are installing on a system where this directory is already being used, the
DB2 Connect product installation path will have _xx added to it, where xx are
digits, starting at 01 and increasing depending on how many DB2 copies you
have installed.
You can also specify your own DB2 database product installation path.
Results
National Language Packs can also be installed by running the ./db2setup
command from the directory where the National Language Pack resides, after a
DB2 Connect product has been installed.
The installation logs, db2setup.log and db2setup.err will be located, by default, in
the /tmp directory. You can specify the location of the log files.
If you want your DB2 database product to have access to DB2 documentation
either on your local computer or on another computer on your network, then you
must install the DB2 Information Center. The DB2 Information Center contains
documentation for the DB2 database and DB2 related products. See the “Installing
the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (UNIX)” topic in Installing
DB2 Servers .
50 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (Linux)
Before you install DB2 Connect server products on Linux operating systems,
ensure that the system you choose meets the necessary operating system,
hardware, software, and communications requirements.
Important: For the most up-to-date installation requirements for DB2 database
products, you must start using the System requirements for IBM DB2 for Linux,
UNIX, and Windows and System requirements for IBM DB2 Connect technotes.
These technotes use IBM Software Product Compatibility Reports (SPCR). With the
SPCR tool, you can locate and find complete lists of supported operating systems,
system requirements, prerequisites, and optional supported software for DB2
database products. This DB2 Information Centre topic might be removed in a
future release or fix pack.
To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition,
the following requirements must be met:
Hardware requirements
Your processor can be:
v x86 ( Intel Pentium, Intel Xeon, and AMD Athlon)
v x64 (Intel EM64T and AMD64)
v POWER (any Power Systems Servers, pSeries®
, System i, System p®
, and
POWER Systems that support Linux)
v System z (formerly eServer™
zSeries)
Distribution requirements
For the latest information about the supported Linux distributions, point
your browser to www.ibm.com/db2/linux/validate.
You might be required to update your kernel configuration parameters.
The kernel configuration parameters are set in /etc/sysctl.conf. See the
Modifying kernel parameters (Linux) section of the DB2 Information
Center. Refer to your operating system manual for information about
setting and activating these parameters using the sysctl command.
Software requirements
v An X Window System software capable of rendering a graphical user
interface is required if you want to use the DB2 Setup wizard to install
DB2 Connect or if you want to use any DB2 graphical tools.
v A browser is required to view online help.
Communication requirements
For TCP/IP connectivity, no additional software is required.
Preparing to install DB2 Connect for Linux on zSeries
To install a DB2 database product on an IBM zSeries that is running Linux, you
must make the installation image accessible to the Linux operating system.
Before you begin
You have already obtained your DB2 database product installation image.
Chapter 10. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 51
Procedure
v Using FTP to access the installation image
From the IBM zSeries computer running Linux:
1. Enter the following command: ftp yourserver.com
where yourserver.com represents the FTP server where the DB2 database
product installation image resides.
2. Enter your user ID and password.
3. Enter the following commands:
bin
get product_file
where product_file represents the appropriate product package name.
v Using the DB2 database product DVD over NFS to access the installation image
1. Mount the appropriate product DVD.
2. Export the directory where you mounted the DVD. For example, if you
mounted the DVD under /db2dvd, then export the /db2dvd directory.
3. On the IBM zSeries computer running Linux, NFS mount this directory using
the following command:
mount -t nfs -o ro nfsservername:/db2dvd /local_directory_name
where nfsservername represents the host name of the NFS server, db2dvd
represents the name of the directory being exported on the NFS server, and
local_directory_name represents the name of the local directory.
4. From the IBM zSeries computer running Linux, change to the directory
where the DVD is mounted. You can do this by entering the cd
/local_directory_name command, where local_directory_name represents the
mount point of your product DVD.
Mounting the CD or DVD for DB2 Connect (Linux)
To mount a CD-ROM on Linux operating systems, issue the mount command.
Before you begin
Depending on your system configuration, you might need root user authority to
mount discs.
Procedure
To mount the CD or DVD on Linux operating systems:
1. Insert the CD or DVD in the drive and enter the following command:
mount -t iso9660 -o ro /dev/cdrom /cdrom
where /cdrom represents the mount point of the CD or DVD.
2. Log out.
Results
Your CD or DVD file system is now mounted. View the contents of the CD or
DVD by placing the disc in the drive and enter the cd /cdrom command where
cdrom is the mount point directory.
52 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 11. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (Solaris)
To define your installation preferences and to install a DB2 Connect product on the
Solaris Operating System, use the DB2 Setup wizard.
Before you begin
Before you begin your installation:
v You can install DB2 Connect using either root or non-root user authority.
v Ensure that your system meets:
– Disk and memory requirements
– Hardware, distribution and software requirements. Refer to “Installation
requirements for DB2 Connect products (Solaris)” on page 55.
v The DB2 database product DVD must be mounted on your system.
v The DB2 Connect product image must be available. If you are installing a
non-English version of a DB2 Connect product, you must also have the
appropriate National Language Packages.
v To locate DB2 database products already installed on your system, use the db2ls
command. Refer to the “Listing DB2 products installed on your system (Linux
and UNIX)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers .
v The DB2 Setup wizard is a graphical installer. You must have X windows
software capable of rendering a graphical user interface for the DB2 Setup
wizard to run on your machine. Ensure that the X windows server is running.
Ensure that you have properly exported your display. For example, export
DISPLAY=9.26.163.144:0.
v If security software such as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is
used in your environment, you must manually create required DB2 users before
you start the DB2 Setup wizard.
Note: Network Information Services (NIS) and Network Information Services
Plus (NIS+) features are deprecated starting with DB2 Version 9.1 Fix Pack 2.
Support for these features might be removed in a future release. Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is the recommended solution for centralized
user-management services.
About this task
The DB2 Setup wizard is a Java-based installation tool that automates the
installation and configuration of any DB2 database products. If you prefer not to
use this utility, you have two alternatives. You can install a DB2 Connect product:
v Using the response file method
v Manually using the db2setup command. You cannot manually install a DB2
database product using the operating system's native installation utility pkgadd.
Any existing scripts containing this native installation utility that you use to
interface and query with DB2 installations will need to change.
Procedure
To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition,
on the Solaris operating system using the DB2 Setup wizard:
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 53
1. Change to the directory where the DVD is mounted:
cd /db2dvd
where /db2dvd represents mount point of the DVD.
2. If you downloaded the DB2 Connect product image, you must decompress and
untar the product file.
a. Decompress the product file:
gzip -d product.tar.gz
where product is the name of the database product that you downloaded.
b. Untar the product file:
tar xvf product.tar
c. Change directory:
cd ./product/disk1
Note: If you downloaded a National Language Package, untar it into the same
directory. This will create the subdirectories (for example ./nlpack/disk2) in
the same directory, and allows the installer to automatically find the installation
images without prompting
3. Enter the ./db2setup command from the directory where the product image
resides to start the DB2 Setup wizard. After a few moments, the IBM DB2
Setup Launchpad opens. For multiple CD installations, issue the db2setup
command outside the mounted CD location with either a relative or absolute
path name to ensure the DB2 Connect product CD can be unmounted as
required. From this window, you can view the installation prerequisites and the
release notes or you can proceed directly to the installation.
4. Once you have initiated the installation, proceed through the DB2 Setup wizard
installation panels and make your selections. Installation help is available to
guide you through the DB2 Setup wizard. Click Help to invoke the online help.
You can click Cancel at any time to exit the installation. DB2 files will only be
copied to your system once you have clicked Finish on the last DB2 Setup
wizard installation panel. Once completed, the DB2 Connect server product is
installed using the /opt/IBM/db2/V9.8 default installation path.
If you are installing on a system where this directory is already being used, the
DB2 Connect product installation path will have _xx added to it, where xx are
digits, starting at 01 and increasing depending on how many DB2 copies you
have installed.
You can also specify your own DB2 database product installation path.
Results
National Language Packs can also be installed by running the ./db2setup
command from the directory where the National Language Pack resides, after a
DB2 Connect product has been installed.
The installation logs, db2setup.log and db2setup.err will be located, by default, in
the /tmp directory. You can specify the location of the log files.
If you want your DB2 database product to have access to DB2 documentation
either on your local computer or on another computer on your network, then you
must install the DB2 Information Center. The DB2 Information Center contains
documentation for the DB2 database and DB2 related products. See the “Installing
54 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (UNIX)” topic in Installing
DB2 Servers .
Installation requirements for DB2 Connect products (Solaris)
Before you install DB2 Connect products on the Solaris Operating System, ensure
that the system you choose meets the necessary operating system, hardware,
software, and communications requirements. The installation requirements are
same for both the DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition and the DB2 Connect Personal
Edition.
Important: For the most up-to-date installation requirements for DB2 database
products, you must start using the System requirements for IBM DB2 for Linux,
UNIX, and Windows and System requirements for IBM DB2 Connect technotes.
These technotes use IBM Software Product Compatibility Reports (SPCR). With the
SPCR tool, you can locate and find complete lists of supported operating systems,
system requirements, prerequisites, and optional supported software for DB2
database products. This DB2 Information Centre topic might be removed in a
future release or fix pack.
To install a DB2 Connect product on Solaris, the following requirements must be
met:
Table 5. Solaris installation requirements
Operating System Hardware
Solaris 10 Update 9
v 64-bit kernel
Solaris x64 (Intel 64 or AMD64)
Solaris 10 Update 9
v 64-bit kernel
UltraSPARC or SPARC64 processors
1. Support is only for the DB2 product to be installed on local zones. Installation
on the global zone is not supported by the DB2 product at this time.
Operating system requirements
"Recommended & Security Patches" can be obtained from the
http://java.sun.com Web site. From this website, click on the "Patches"
menu item in the left panel.
The J2SE Solaris Operating System Patch Clusters are also required. They
can be obtained from the http://java.sun.com Web site.
The Fujitsu PRIMEPOWER patches for the Solaris operating system can be
downloaded from FTSI at: http://download.ftsi.fujitsu.com/.For an
additional list of issues that can affect DB2 database systems on Solaris,
refer to:www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?&uid=swg21257606
DB2 database products support Solaris ZFS filesystems and Logical
Domains (LDoms).
For details about virtualization technology supported by DB2 products, see
http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/im/
DB2+Virtualization+Support.
Software requirements
v SUNWlibC software is required to install DB2 Connect on Solaris. It can
be obtained from the http://java.sun.com Web site.
v A browser is required to view online help.
Chapter 11. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 55
Communication requirements
You can use TCP/IP
v For TCP/IP connectivity, no additional software is required.
v DB2 Connect is supported on Sun Cluster 2.2 if:
– The protocol to the host is TCP/IP
– Two-phase commit is not used. This restriction is relaxed if the user
configures the SPM log to be on a shared disk (this can be done
through the spm_log_path database manager configuration
parameter), and the failover system has an identical TCP/IP
configuration (the same host name, IP address, and so on).
Mounting CDs or DVDs for DB2 Connect (Solaris)
If the CD-ROM is not automatically mounted when you insert it into the drive on
Solaris Operating System, issue the mount command.
Before you begin
If you are mounting the CD or DVD drive from a remote system using NFS, the
CD or DVD file system on the remote computer must be exported with root access.
Depending on your local system configuration, you might also need root access on
the local computer.
Procedure
To mount the CD or DVD on Solaris:
1. Insert the CD or DVD into the drive.
2. If the Volume Manager (vold) is running on your system, the disc is
automatically mounted as /cdrom/cd_label if the CD or DVD has a label or
/cdrom/unnamed_cdrom if it is unlabeled.
If the Volume Manager is not running on your system, complete the following
steps to mount the CD or DVD:
a. Determine the name of the device by entering the following command:
ls -al /dev/sr* |awk ’{print "/" $11}’
This command returns the name of the CD or DVD device. In this example,
the command returns the string /dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2.
b. Enter the following commands to mount the CD or DVD:
mkdir -p /cdrom/unnamed_cdrom
mount -F hsfs -o ro /dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2 /cdrom/unnamed_cdrom
where /dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2 represents the name of the device that was
returned in the preceding step and /cdrom/unnamed_cdrom represents the CD
or DVD mount directory.
3. Log out.
Results
Your CD or DVD file system is now mounted. View the contents of the CD or
DVD by placing the disk in the drive and enter the cd /cdrom command where
cdrom is the mount point directory.
56 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 12. Installing a DB2 Connect server product
(Windows)
To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition
on Windows operating systems, use the DB2 Setup wizard. Alternatively, you can
install DB2 Connect server products using the response file method.
Before you begin
Before you launch the DB2 Setup wizard:
v Ensure that your system meets:
– Disk and memory requirements
– Hardware, distribution and software requirements. Refer to “Installation
requirements for DB2 Connect server products (Windows)” on page 58.
v If you are planning to use LDAP, you must extend the directory schema. Refer
to the “Extending the Active Directory Schema for LDAP directory services
(Windows)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers.
v It is recommended that you use an Administrator account to perform the
installation. The Administrator account must belong to the local administrator's
group on the Windows computer where you are installing your DB2 database
product and should have the following advanced user rights:
– Act as part of the operating system
– Create token object
– Increase quotas
– Replace a process level token
You can perform the installation without advanced user rights, but the setup
program might be unable to validate accounts.
v If you want to install DB2 Connect with a non-Administrator account, refer to
the topic “Non-Administrator installation of DB2 Connect (Windows)”.
Procedure
v To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise
Edition, on Windows using the DB2 Setup wizard:
1. Log on to the system as a user with administrator authority.
2. Close all programs so the installation program can update files as required.
3. Insert the DVD into the drive. The auto-run feature automatically starts the
DB2 Setup wizard. The DB2 Setup wizard will determine the system
language and launch the setup program for that language. If you want to
run the setup program in a different language, or the setup program failed to
autostart, you can run the DB2 Setup wizard manually.
4. The DB2 Launchpad opens. From this window, you can view the installation
prerequisites and the release notes, or you can proceed directly to the
installation.
5. Once you have initiated the installation, proceed by following the setup
program's prompts. Online help is available to guide you through the
remaining steps. Click Help to invoke the online help. You can click Cancel
at any time to exit the installation.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 57
A log file stores general information and error messages resulting from the
install and uninstall activities. The file name of the log follows the format
DB2-Product_Abrreviation-Date_Time.log, such as DB2-CEE-10-06-
2006_17_23_42.log. By default, the log file is located in the My DocumentsDB2LOG
directory.
v To invoke the DB2 Setup wizard manually:
1. Click Start and select the Run option.
2. In the Open field, enter the following command:
x:setup /i language
where:
– x: represents your DVD drive
– language represents the territory code for your language (for example, EN
for English).
3. Click OK.
What to do next
If you want your DB2 database product to have access to DB2 documentation
either on your local computer or on another computer on your network, then you
must install the DB2 Information Center. The DB2 Information Center contains
documentation for the DB2 database and DB2 related products.
Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (Windows)
Before you install DB2 Connect server products on Windows operating systems,
ensure that the system you choose meets the necessary operating system,
hardware, software, and communications requirements.
Important: For the most up-to-date installation requirements for DB2 database
products, you must start using the System requirements for IBM DB2 for Linux,
UNIX, and Windows and System requirements for IBM DB2 Connect technotes.
These technotes use IBM Software Product Compatibility Reports (SPCR). With the
SPCR tool, you can locate and find complete lists of supported operating systems,
system requirements, prerequisites, and optional supported software for DB2
database products. This DB2 Information Centre topic might be removed in a
future release or fix pack.
To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition,
the following requirements must be met:
Hardware requirements
All Intel and AMD processors capable of running the supported Windows
operating systems (32-bit and 64-bit)
Operating system requirements
One of:
v Windows 7 Service Pack 1
– Professional Edition (32-bit and x64)
– Enterprise Edition (32-bit and x64)
v Windows Server 2008 Service Pack 2 or later
– Standard Edition (32-bit and 64-bit)
– Enterprise Edition (32-bit and 64-bit)
58 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
– Datacenter Edition (32-bit and 64-bit)
v Windows Server 2008 R2 Service Pack 2 or later
– Standard Edition (64-bit)
– Enterprise Edition (64-bit)
– Datacenter Edition (64-bit)
Software requirements
v A browser is required to view online help.
Communication requirements
v TCP/IP is supported and supplied by the operating system.
Windows (64-bit) considerations
v 32-bit UDFs and stored procedures are supported.
Required user accounts for installation of DB2 Connect products
(Windows)
Before you begin installation tasks you must have an installation user account.
During the installation, you can also choose to create one or more setup user
accounts, such as a DB2 Administration Server (DAS) user account or a DB2
instance user account.
The installation user account is the account of the user performing the installation.
The installation user account must be defined before running the DB2 Setup
wizard. The setup user accounts can be defined before installation or you can have
the DB2 Setup wizard create them for you.
All user account names must adhere to your system naming rules and to DB2
User, user ID and group naming rules.
If you use an installation user account that contains non-English characters which
are not specified in DB2 naming rules, the DB2 installation will fail.
Extended security on Windows
DB2 database products offer extended Windows security. If the extended security
feature is selected, you must add the users who will administer or use the DB2
database product to either the DB2ADMNS or DB2USERS group as appropriate.
The DB2 installer creates these two new groups. You can either specify a new
name or accept the default names during installation.
To enable this security feature, select the Enable operating system security check
box on the Enable operating system security for DB2 objects panel during the
DB2 installation. Accept the default values for the DB2 Administrators Group field,
and the DB2 Users Group field. The default group names are DB2ADMNS and
DB2USERS. If there is a conflict with existing group names, you will be prompted
to change the group names. If required, you can specify your own group names.
DB2 server user accounts
Installation user account
A local or domain user account is required to perform the installation.
Normally, the user account must belong to the Administrators group on the
computer where you will perform the installation.
Chapter 12. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 59
Alternatively, a non-Administrator user account can be used. This
alternative requires that a member of the Windows Administrators group
first configure the Windows elevated privileges settings to allow a
non-Administrator user account to perform an installation.
On Windows operating system, a non-administrator can perform an
installation, but will be prompted for administrative credentials by the DB2
Setup wizard.
The user right "Access this computer from the network" is required for the
installation user account.
The installation user ID must belong to the Domain Administrators group
on the domain if the installation requires a domain account to be created
or verified.
You may also use the built-in LocalSystem account as your Service Logon
account for all products, except DB2 Enterprise Server Edition.
User rights granted by the DB2 installer
The DB2 installation program does not grant the Debug Programs user
right. The DB2 installer grants the following user rights:
v Act as part of the operating system
v Create token object
v Lock pages in memory
v Log on as a service
v Increase quotas
v Replace a process level token
DB2 Administration Server (DAS) user account
A local or domain user account is required for the DB2 Administration
Server (DAS).
Important: The DB2 Administration Server (DAS) has been deprecated in
Version 9.7 and might be removed in a future release. The DAS is not
supported in DB2 pureScale environments. Use software programs that use
the Secure Shell protocol for remote administration. For more information,
see “ DB2 administration server (DAS) has been deprecated” at .
If you are performing a response file installation, you can also specify the
Local System account in the response file. For more details, refer to the
sample response files in the db2windowssamples directory.
The LocalSystem account is available for all products, except DB2
Enterprise Server Edition and can be selected through the DB2 Setup
wizard.
The DAS is a special DB2 administration service used to support the GUI
tools and assist with administration tasks on local and remote DB2 servers.
The DAS has an assigned user account that is used to log the DAS service
on to the computer when the DAS service is started.
You can create the DAS user account before installing DB2 or you can have
the DB2 Setup wizard create it for you. If you want to have the DB2 Setup
wizard create a new domain user account, the user account you use to
perform the installation must have authority to create domain user
accounts. The user account must belong to the Administrators group on the
computer where you will perform the installation. This account will be
granted the following user rights:
60 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
v Act as part of the operating system
v Debug programs
v Create token object
v Lock pages in memory
v Log on as a service
v Increase quotas (adjust memory quotas for a process on Windows Server
2003 operating systems)
v Replace a process level token
If extended security is enabled, the DB2ADMNS group will have all these
privileges. You can add users to that group and you do not need to add
these privileges explicitly. However, the user still needs to be a member of
the Local Administrators group.
The "Debug programs" privilege is only needed when DB2 group lookup is
explicitly specified to use the access token.
If the user account is created by the install program, the user account will
be granted these privileges and if the user account already exists, this
account will also be granted these privileges. If the install grants the
privileges, some of them will only be effective on first log on by the
account that was granted the privileges or upon reboot.
It is recommended that the DAS user have SYSADM authority on each of
the DB2 database systems within your environment so that it can start or
stop other instances if required. By default, any user that is part of the
Administrators group has SYSADM authority.
DB2 instance user account
The user account must belong to the Administrators group on the computer
where you will perform the installation.
A local or domain user account is required for the DB2 instance because
the instance is run as a Windows service and the service will be executing
in the security context of the user account. When you use a domain user
account to perform a database operation (such as, creating a database)
against a DB2 instance, the DB2 service needs to access the domain to
authenticate and search for the user's group membership. By default, a
domain will only allow a domain user to query the domain and hence, the
DB2 service needs to be running in the security context of a domain user.
An error will occur if you use a domain user account to perform a
database operation against a DB2 service running with either a Local user
account or a LocalSystem account.
You may also use the built-in LocalSystem account to run the installation
for all products, except for DB2 Enterprise Server Edition.
You can create the DB2 instance user account before installing DB2 or you
can have the DB2 Setup wizard create it for you. If you want to have the
DB2 Setup wizard create a new domain user account, the user account you
use to perform the installation must have authority to create domain user
accounts. This account will be granted the following user rights:
v Act as part of the operating system
v Debug programs
v Create token object
v Increase quotas
v Lock pages in memory
Chapter 12. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 61
v Log on as a service
v Replace a process level token
If extended security is enabled, then the DB2ADMNS group will have all
these privileges. You can add users to that group and you do not need to
add these privileges explicitly. However, the user still needs to be a
member of the Local Administrators group.
The "Debug programs" privilege is only needed when DB2 group lookup is
explicitly specified to use the access token.
If the user account is created by the install program, the user account will
be granted these privileges and if the user account already exists, this
account will also be granted these privileges. If the install grants the
privileges, some of them will only be effective on first log on by the
account that was granted the privileges or upon reboot.
Extending the Active Directory Schema for LDAP directory services
(Windows)
If you plan to use the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) directory
server feature with Windows Server 2003, you have to extend the Active Directory
schema to contain DB2 object classes and attribute definitions using the db2schex
command.
About this task
Extending the directory schema before installing DB2 database products and
creating databases provide the following benefits:
v The default DB2 instance, created during the installation, is cataloged as a DB2
node in Active Directory, provided that the installation user ID had sufficient
privileges to write to Active Directory.
v Any databases created after installation is automatically cataloged into Active
Directory.
Procedure
To extend the directory schema:
1. Log onto any machine that is part of the Windows domain with a Windows
user account that has Schema Administration authority.
2. Run the db2schex command from the installation DVD . You can run this
command without logging off and logging on again, as follows:
runas /user:MyDomainAdministrator x:db2Windowsutilitiesdb2schex.exe
where x: represents the DVD drive letter.
What to do next
When db2schex completes, you can proceed with the installation of your DB2
database product; or if you have already installed DB2 database products or
created databases, you have to manually register the node and catalog the
databases. For more information, see the “Enabling LDAP support after DB2
installation is complete” topic.
62 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Non-Administrator installation of DB2 Connect (Windows)
There are some additional considerations when you install DB2 Connect on
Windows operating systems using a non-Administrator user account.
For a non-Administrator's installation, the account you are logged on as must
belong to Power Users group.
Some information about DB2 Connect that must appear in the registry must be
entered in the HKEY_CURRENT_USER folder in the registry. Although many
items will be stored under the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE folder in the registry for
non-Administrator installations of DB2 Connect, the environment settings must be
changed in HKEY_CURRENT_USER.
A member of the Windows Administrators group must configure the Windows
elevated privileges settings to allow a non-Administrator user account to perform
an installation. For example, on a 64-bit operating system you must manually grant
full permission on HKLMSoftwareWow6432Node before a 32-bit DB2 Connect
Personal Edition product can be successfully installed.
Note: If a non-Administrator user account is going to do the product installation,
then the VS2010 runtime library must be installed before attempting to install a
DB2 product. The VS2010 runtime library is needed on the operating system before
the DB2 product can be installed. The VS2010 runtime library is available from the
Microsoft runtime library download website. There are two choices: choose
vcredist_x86.exe for 32-bit systems or vcredist_x64.exe for 64-bit systems.
System shortcuts must be changed to user shortcuts for the non-Administrator
install. Moreover, since services are required to install any of the DB2 Connect
products, but cannot be created without administrative authority, services that
would be automatically started are run as processes when a non-administrator
installs.
The following scenarios are installation situations that you might encounter in an
environment where both administrator and non-administrator installations exist:
v A non-Administrator has installed DB2 Connect, and then an Administrator
attempts to install DB2 Connect on the same system. The Administrator will get
a message that the product is already installed. The Administrator does have the
authority to uninstall and reinstall the product to get around this issue.
v A non-administrator has installed DB2 Connect, and then a second
non-Administrator attempts to install DB2 Connect on the same system. In this
scenario, the installation will fail, and return an error message that the user must
be an Administrator to install the product.
v An Administrator has installed DB2 Connect, and then a non-Administrator
attempts to install DB2 Connect on the same system. In this scenario, the install
will fail, and return an error message that the user must be an Administrator to
install the product. An Administrator always has the authority to uninstall or
reinstall.
v Non-Administrator users cannot uninstall a DB2 product. Those
non-Administrator users on a Windows operating system can uninstall a DB2
product.
Chapter 12. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 63
Adding your user ID to the DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS user groups
(Windows)
After successfully completing a DB2 installation, you now have to add users to the
DB2ADMNS or the DB2USERS groups for users that need to run local DB2
applications and tools on the machine.
Before you begin
v You must have installed a DB2 database product.
v You must have selected the Enable operating system security check box on the
Enable operating system security for DB2 object panel during the installation of
your DB2 database product.
Procedure
To add users to the appropriate group:
1. Click Start and select Run.
2. Type lusrmgr.msc and click OK.
3. Select Local Users and Groups.
4. Select Users.
5. Select the user you want to add.
6. Click Properties.
7. Click the Member Of tab.
8. Click Add.
9. Select the appropriate group.
10. Click OK.
What to do next
If you did the install and chose not to enable the new security feature you can still
do so post-install by running the db2extsec.exe command. Adding a user to a
group takes effect the first time the user logs on after the user has been added. For
example, if you add you user ID to the DB2ADMNS group, you need to log out
and then log in again for this change to take effect.
64 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Part 6. Postinstallation tasks
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 65
66 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 13. License key activation
During the installation of licensed DB2 Connect server products, the installation
program registers the DB2 Connect licenses. However, if you need to manually
activate a license for your DB2 Connect product, you can use either the DB2
License Center or the db2licm command.
Registering a DB2 Connect license key using the db2licm command
Use the db2licm command to apply the license entitlement certificate (also referred
to as registering a license key).
Before you begin
To complete this task, you must have the appropriate license file (*.lic).
To connect to a z/OS server or a System i server, you must register a DB2 Connect
license key. (Retrieve the license file from your Passport Advantage®
distribution,
for example db2conpe.lic, then copy the license file to the license directory under
the directory where the driver was installed.)
If you are using DB2 Connect Unlimited Edition for z/OS, then use a server based
license key. This one step will prevent the need for client based license keys. For
details, see the topic about activating the license key for DB2 Connect Unlimited
Edition for System z.
On Windows operating systems, you must belong to the local Administrators or
Power Users group to use the db2licm command with the -a command parameter.
Procedure
v On Windows operating systems, register a DB2 license key by entering the
following command:
db2instance_pathbindb2licm -a filename
where db2instance_path is where the DB2 instance was created and filename is the
full path name and file name for the license file that corresponds to the product
or feature you have purchased.
v On Linux or UNIX operating systems, register a DB2 license key by entering the
following command:
INSTHOME/sqllib/adm/db2licm -a filename
where INSTHOME represents the home directory of the instance owner and
filename is the full path name and file name for the license file that corresponds
to the product or feature you have purchased. The db2licm command can also
be found in the path where the DB2 database product is installed. For example,
/opt/IBM/db2/V10.5/adm on AIX, HP-UX or Solaris operating systems or
/opt/ibm/db2/V10.5/adm on Linux operating systems, if you use the default
installation directory.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 67
Setting the DB2 Connect license policy using the db2licm command
To set your license policy, issue the db2licm command with the command
parameters that are appropriate for the license.
Before you begin
Before you set your license policy, you need to know the product identifier. To list
the product identifier information, enter the following command:
db2licm -l
The product identifier is listed in the Product Identifier field.
About this task
For DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition the license policy controls and monitors the
number of users that can connect simultaneously to a DB2 Connect server.
For InfoSphere®
Replication Server or InfoSphere Federation Server, the license
policy controls and monitors the number of connectors to a data source that is not
a part of DB2.
Procedure
To set your license policy:
Perform one of the following depending on the type of licenses that you purchased:
v If you purchased a InfoSphere Replication Server or InfoSphere Federation
Server Concurrent Connector policy, enter the following command:
db2licm -c isrs concurrent
or
db2licm -c isfs concurrent
v If you purchased a DB2 Connect server Concurrent User policy, enter the
following command:
db2licm -p db2consv concurrent
68 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 14. Applying fix packs to DB2 Connect
It is recommended that you keep your DB2 database environment running at the
latest fix pack level to ensure problem-free operation. To install a fix pack
successfully, perform all of the necessary preinstallation and post-installation tasks.
About this task
A DB2 fix pack contains updates and fixes for problems (Authorized Program
Analysis Reports, or "APARs") found during testing at IBM, as well as fixes for
problems reported by customers. For a complete list of the fixes contained in each
fix pack, see http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=swg21633303.
Fix packs are cumulative. This means that the latest fix pack for any given version
of DB2 database contains all of the updates from previous fix packs for the same
version of DB2 database.
The fix pack images available are:
v A single server image.
The single server image contains the new and updated code required for all DB2
database server products and the IBM Data Server Client. If more than one DB2
database server product is installed in a single location, the DB2 database server
fix pack applies maintenance code updates to all the installed DB2 database
server products. The Data Server Client fix pack is contained within the one DB2
database server fix pack (namely the fix pack that can service any one of the
following database server products: DB2 Enterprise Server Edition, DB2
Workgroup Server Edition, DB2 Express®
Edition, DB2 Connect Enterprise
Edition, DB2 Connect Application Server Edition, DB2 Connect Unlimited
Edition for zSeries, and DB2 Connect Unlimited Edition for i5/OS). You can use
the DB2 database server fix pack to upgrade a Data Server Client.
A single server image can also be used to install any of the DB2 database server
products, at a particular fix pack level, with a DB2 try and buy license by
default.
The single server fix pack image contains DB2 try-and-buy licenses for all DB2
server products. When you select a new DB2 server product to install or a
previously installed DB2 server product to update, the try-and-buy licenses are
installed. The try-and-buy licenses do not affect any valid licenses already
installed in the same DB2 installation path. Regarding DB2 Connect server
products, if you run the db2licm -l command to query valid licenses, the
try-and-buy license for DB2 Connect server product might display as an invalid
license. However, if you do not need to use the DB2 Connect functionality, you
can ignore the report. To remove the try-and-buy license for DB2 Connect server,
use the db2licm command.
v A fix pack for each of the other DB2 database products.
Use this fix pack only for installed non-server database products or add-on
products. For example, IBM Data Server Runtime Client.
Do not use this type of fix pack if the installed DB2 database products are only
DB2 database server products or a Data Server Client. Instead, use the single
server image fix pack.
For Windows platforms, if you have more than one DB2 database product
(which includes at least one product that is not a Data Server Client or a DB2
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 69
database server) installed in a single DB2 copy, you must download and
uncompress all of the corresponding product-specific fix packs before starting
the fix pack installation process.
v A universal fix pack.
The universal fix pack services installations where more than one DB2 database
product has been installed.
The universal fix pack is not needed if the installed DB2 database products are
only DB2 database server products or a Data Server Client. In this case, the
single server image fix pack should be used.
On Linux or UNIX operating systems, if national languages have been installed,
you also require a separate national language fix pack. The national language fix
pack can not be installed alone. A universal or product-specific fix pack must be
applied at the same time and they must both be at the same fix pack level. For
example, if you are applying a universal fix pack to non-English DB2 database
products on Linux or UNIX, you must apply both the universal fix pack and the
national language fix pack to update the DB2 database products.
Restrictions
v A DB2 Version 10.5 fix pack can only be applied to DB2 Version 10.5 general
availability (GA) or DB2 Version 10.5 fix pack copies.
v All DB2 instances, DAS, and applications related to the DB2 copy being updated
must be stopped before installing a fix pack.
v In a partitioned database environment, before installing the fix pack, you must
stop the database manager on all database partition servers. You must install the
fix pack on the instance-owning database partition server and all other database
partition servers. All computers participating in the instance must be updated to
the same fix pack level.
v On Linux or UNIX operating systems:
– If you have DB2 database products on a Network File System (NFS), you
must ensure the following applications are stopped completely before
installing the fix pack: all instances, the DB2 administration server (DAS),
interprocess communications (IPC), and applications on other machines using
the same NFS mounted installation.
– If the system commands fuser or lsof are not available, the installFixPack
command cannot detect loaded DB2 database files. You must ensure no DB2
files are loaded and provide an override option to install the fix pack. On
UNIX, the fuser command is required to check for loaded files. On Linux,
either the fuser command or lsof command is required.
For details on the override option, see the installFixPack command.
v On client applications, after a fix pack has been applied, to perform autobind of
applications, the user must have bind authority.
v Installation of a DB2 fix pack will not service IBM Data Studio.
Procedure
To install a fix pack:
1. Check fix pack prerequisites.
2. Perform the necessary tasks before installing a fix pack.
3. Choose a fix pack installation method and install the fix pack.
4. Perform the necessary tasks after installing the fix pack.
5. Apply the appropriate DB2 database product license.
70 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
If a previously licensed copy of a DB2 database server product does not already
exist on the machine, a single server fix pack image can be used to install any
of the DB2 database server products. In this case, the DB2 database product
installed is treated as a try and buy license, and will stop working after a 90
day trial period unless you upgrade the try and buy license.
What to do next
Check the log file for any post-installation steps, or error messages and
recommended actions.
For non-root installations on Linux or UNIX, root-based features (such as High
Availability and operating system-based authentication) can be enabled using the
db2rfe command. If root-based features were enabled after installing your DB2
database product, you must rerun the db2rfe command each time a fix pack is
applied in order to re-enable those features.
If you have multiple DB2 copies on the same system, those copies can be at
different version and fix pack levels. If you want to apply a fix pack to one or
more DB2 copies, you must install the fix pack on those DB2 copies one by one.
Chapter 14. Applying fix packs 71
72 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Part 7. Preparing communications and access to host and
iSeries databases
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 73
74 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 15. Preparing IBM DB2 for IBM i for connections from
DB2 Connect
DB2 Connect gives remote system applications access to data on your IBM DB2 for
IBM i system.
Procedure
To set up the connection, you need to know the following information:
1. The local network name. You can get this information by entering DSPNETA.
2. The local adapter address. You can get this information by entering the WRKLIND
command in one of the following ways:
WRKLIND (*elan)
Lists Ethernet adapters
WRKLIND (*trlan)
Lists token ring adapters
WRKLIND (*all)
Lists all adapters
3. The hostname. You can get this information by entering DSPNETA.
4. The TCP/IP port or service name. The default is X'07'6DB (X'07F6C4C2'). The
default is always used by DB2 for i. If entering a hexadecimal number is not
convenient, an alias is QCNTEDDM.
5. The relational database name. You can get this information by entering
DSPRDBDIRE. This will display a list. The line containing *LOCAL in the Remote
Location column identifies the RDBNAME which must be defined to the client.
If there is no *LOCAL entry, you can add one, or use the system name obtained
from the DSPNETA command on the server.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 75
Results
Here is an example:
Display Relational Database Directory Entries
Position to . . . . . .
Type options, press Enter.
5=Display details 6=Print details
Relational Remote
Option Database Location Text
_ ____________________
_ DLHX RCHAS2FA
_ JORMT2FA JORMT2FA
_ JORMT4FD JORMT4FD
_ JOSNAR7B RCHASR7B
_ RCHASR7B *LOCAL
_ RCHASR7C RCHASR7C
_ R7BDH3SNA RCH2PDH3
_ RCHASDH3 RCHASDH3
When you have obtained these parameters from your IBM Power Systems server,
enter your values into the worksheet that follows:
Table 6. Configuration parameters from IBM Power Systems
Item Parameter Example Your value
A-1 Local network name SPIFNET
A-2 Local adapter address 400009451902
A-4 Hostname SYD2101A
A-5 TCP/IP port or service
name
X'07F6C4C2' (default)
A-6 Relational database name NEW_YORK3
For more information, refer to the “DRDA Considerations” section of the DB2
Server for VSE & VM SQL Reference (SC09-2989).
76 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 16. Preparing DB2 for z/OS for connections from DB2
Connect
DB2 Connect gives remote system applications access to data on your DB2 for
z/OS system.
Before you begin
If you anticipate that DB2 for z/OS will participate in a multisite update
transaction (two-phase commit) then refer to the topic that discusses enabling
multisite updates in the DB2 Connect User's Guide.
About this task
This topic provides instructions for establishing TCP/IP network connections
between DB2 Connect Server or DB2 Connect client and DB2 for z/OS.
Procedure
To prepare DB2 for z/OS to receive connection requests from DB2 Connect, you
need to configure your protocol by:
v “Configuring TCP/IP for DB2 for z/OS” on page 78
v
v “Configuring DB2 for z/OS” on page 80
Host databases
A host database is a relational database system from which a link request
originates.
The term database is used throughout this document to describe a relational
database management system (RDBMS). Other systems with which DB2 Connect
communicates might use the term database to describe a slightly different concept.
The DB2 Connect term database can also refer to:
System z
DB2 for z/OS. A DB2 for z/OS subsystem identified by its LOCATION
NAME. Use the z/OS -display ddf command to get the DB2 server
location name, domain name, IP address and port.
A DB2 for z/OS location is the unique name of a database server. An
application uses the location name to access a DB2 for z/OS subsystem or
a DB2 for z/OS data sharing group. A data sharing group enables
applications on different DB2 subsystems to read from and write to the
same data concurrently. The application uses a DB2 data sharing group
network address to access a DB2 data sharing location. The accessed DB2
subsystem is transparent to the application.
Since DB2 for z/OS supports multiple databases at the same DB2 location,
the location name is analogous to a Linux, UNIX, and Windows database
alias name. A database alias can be used to override the location or
location alias name when accessing a location. A location alias is another
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 77
name for a location. It is used to control which subsystems in a data
sharing group are accessed by an application.
LOCATION NAME is also defined in the Boot Strap Data Set (BSDS) as
well as the DSNL004I message (LOCATION=location), which is written
when the Distributed Data Facility (DDF) is started. LOCATION NAME
supports up to 8 alias location names, allowing applications the ability to
use different dbalias names to access a Version 8 z/OS server.
IBM Power Systems Servers
IBM DB2 for IBM i, an integral part of the IBM i operating system. Only
one database can exist on an IBM Power Systems server unless the system
is configured to use independent auxiliary storage pools.
Configuring TCP/IP for DB2 for z/OS
To configure TCP/IP communications between your DB2 Connect workstation and
DB2 for z/OS Version 8 or later, you must first collect network details about the
host database server.
Before you begin
The instructions assume the following conditions:
v You are connecting to a single host database server or location via TCP/IP.
Multiple host connections will be handled in exactly the same way, although the
port number and service number required in each case might be different. Use the
group IP address to connect to a group location.
v The target database resides on DB2 for z/OS Version 8 or later.
v All the necessary software prerequisites are installed.
v DB2 clients have been set up as required.
Procedure
1. Before you can use DB2 Connect over a TCP/IP connection, you must collect
information about both the host database server and the DB2 Connect server.
For each host server that you are connecting to via TCP/IP, you must have the
following information:
v The location of the TCP/IP services and hosts files at the DB2 Connect
workstation:
On UNIX and Linux
/etc/
On Windows Server 2003
Usually %SystemRoot%system32driversetc, where
%SystemRoot% represents the Windows install path directory.
You might want to add the host information to a domain name server to avoid
maintaining this file on multiple systems.
v The locations of the equivalent files at the target DB2 for z/OS host.
v The TCP/IP port number defined to DB2 for z/OS.
Note: The associated service name information is not exchanged between the
DB2 Connect workstation and DB2 for z/OS.
Port number 446 has been registered as the default for communication from
a DB2 Connect workstation.
78 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
v The TCP/IP addresses and host names for both the host and the DB2
Connect workstation.
v The LOCATION NAME of the DB2 for z/OS database server.
v The user ID and password to be used when issuing CONNECT requests to
the database at the IBM mainframe server.
2. Refer to your local network administrator and your DB2 for z/OS
administrator for help getting this information. Use the tables that follow as a
worksheet to plan each TCP/IP connection between DB2 Connect and a host
database server.
Table 7. User Information
Ref. Description Sample Value Your Value
TCP-1 User name A.D.B.User
TCP-2 Contact info (123)-456-7890
TCP-5 User ID ADBUSER
TCP-6 Database type db2390
TCP-7 Connection type (must
be TCPIP).
TCPIP TCPIP
Table 8. Network Elements at the Host
Ref. Description Sample Value Your Value
TCP-8 Host name MVSHOST
TCP-9 Host IP address 9.21.152.100
TCP-10 Service name db2inst1c
TCP-11 Port number 446 446
TCP-12 LOCATION NAME NEW_YORK3
TCP-13 User ID
TCP-14 Password
Note:
a. To obtain the host's IP address TCP-9, enter at the host:
TSO NETSTAT HOME
b. To obtain the port number TCP-11, look for DSNL004I in the DB2 master
address space or system log.
Table 9. Network Elements at the DB2 Connect client and server
Ref. Description Sample Value Your Value
TCP-18 Host name mcook02
TCP-19 IP address 9.21.27.179
TCP-20 Service name db2inst1c
TCP-21 Port number 446 446
Table 10. DB2 Directory Entries at the DB2 Connect server
Ref. Description Sample Value Your Value
TCP-30 Node name MVSIPNOD
TCP-31 Database name nyc3
Chapter 16. DB2 for z/OS 79
Table 10. DB2 Directory Entries at the DB2 Connect server (continued)
Ref. Description Sample Value Your Value
TCP-32 Database alias mvsipdb1
TCP-33 DCS database name nyc3
3. Complete a copy of the worksheet example for each TCP/IP host:
a. Fill in the values to be used for the host name and IP address of the DB2
for z/OS host (TCP-8 and TCP-9).
b. Fill in the values to be used for the host name and IP address of the DB2
Connect workstation (TCP-18 and TCP-19).
c. Determine the service name or port number to be used for the connection
(TCP-10 or TCP-20, or TCP-11 or TCP-21).
d. Determine the LOCATION NAME of the DB2 for z/OS database server to
which you want to connect.
e. Determine the values to be used for user ID and PASSWORD when
connecting to the host database.
4. At your System z server:
a. Verify the host address or the host name.
b. Verify the port number or the service name.
c. Update the services file with the correct port number and service name if
necessary.
d. Update the hosts file (or the Domain Name Server used by the DB2 for
z/OS system) with the host name and IP address of the DB2 Connect
workstation if necessary.
e. Ensure the new definitions are active before attempting to test the
connection. Refer to your host network administrator or change control staff
if necessary.
f. Check with the DB2 for z/OS administrator that you have a valid user ID,
password, and database LOCATION NAME.
g. PING the DB2 Connect server, using the correct port number if that option
is supported by TCP/IP on the host system. For example:
ping remote_host_name -p port_number
Support for your System z server is available at http://www.ibm.com/servers/
eserver/support/zseries/
Configuring DB2 for z/OS
Before you can use DB2 Connect, your DB2 for z/OS Administrator must configure
DB2 for z/OS to permit connections from DB2 Connect workstations.
About this task
This section indicates the minimum updates required to permit a DB2 Connect
client to make a connection to the DB2 for z/OS database server. For more detailed
examples, refer to the DB2 for z/OS installation documentation:
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/imzic or refer to the DDF installation
steps in the DB2 for z/OS installation manual.
80 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 17. Preparing DB2 for VSE & VM for connections
from DB2 Connect
You can set up a DB2 Server for VSE and VM as an application server.
About this task
For information about how to set up DB2 Server for VM and VSE as an application
server, refer to the “DRDA Considerations” section of the DB2 Server for VSE &
VM SQL Reference (SC09-2989) .
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 81
82 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 18. Configuring connections to mainframe and
midrange servers
After DB2 Connect is installed and the database server is configured to accept
communications, you need to establish and fine-tune the connection between the
two systems. The connections to the remote systems is done using either the
command line processor (CLP).
Configuring connections to IBM mainframe database servers
You can manually configure your TCP/IP connection between a DB2 Connect
server and a IBM mainframe database using the DB2 command line processor
(CLP). For details on configuring connection using db2dsdriver.cfg, see the topic
about db2dsdriver configuration file.
Before you begin
Before you manually configure a TCP/IP connection between DB2 Connect and a
IBM mainframe database server, ensure that:
v TCP/IP is functional on the DB2 Connect server and IBM mainframe system.
v You have identified the following parameter values:
– Hostname (hostname) or IP address (ip_address)
– Connection Service name (svcename) or Port number/Protocol
(port_number/tcp)
– Target database name (target_dbname)
– Local database name (local_dcsname)
– Node name (node_name)
Procedure
To manually configure TCP/IP communications between your DB2 Connect server
and an IBM mainframe database:
1. Configure TCP/IP on the DB2 Connect server. Refer to “Configuring TCP/IP
for DB2 for z/OS” on page 78.
2. Catalog the TCP/IP node. Refer to the “CATALOG TCPIP/TCPIP4/TCPIP6
NODE command” topic in the Command Reference.
3. Catalog the IBM mainframe database as a Database Connection Service (DCS)
database. Refer to the “CATALOG DCS DATABASE command” topic in the
Command Reference.
4. Catalog the IBM mainframe database. Refer to the “CATALOG DATABASE
command” topic in the Command Reference.
5. Bind utilities and applications to the IBM mainframe database server. Refer to
“Binding database utilities on DB2 Connect” on page 95.
6. Test the IBM mainframe connection. Refer to the “CONNECT (Type 1)
statement” topic in the SQL Reference Volume 2 .
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 83
Results
Note: Due to the characteristics of the TCP/IP protocol, TCP/IP might not be
immediately notified of a partner's failure on another IBM mainframe. As a result,
a client application accessing a remote DB2 server using TCP/IP, or the
corresponding agent at the server, might sometimes appear to be hung. The
TCP/IP SO_KEEPALIVE socket option is used to detect when there has been a
failure and the TCP/IP connection has been broken.
84 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Part 8. Reference
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 85
86 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 19. Configuring access to IBM mainframe databases
After DB2 Connect is installed and the database server is configured to accept
communications, you need to establish and fine-tune the connection between the
two systems.
This section describes how to use the DB2 command line processor (CLP) to find,
connect, and bind to a database server.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 87
88 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 20. Supported DB2 Connect interface languages
DB2 language support for DB2 interfaces can be categorized into server group
languages and client group languages.
Server group languages will translate most messages, help, and DB2 graphical
interface elements. Client group languages will translate the IBM Data Server
Runtime Client component, which will include most messages and certain help
documentation.
Server group languages include: Brazilian Portuguese, Czech, Danish, Finnish,
French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Russian, Simplified
Chinese, Spanish, Swedish, and Traditional Chinese.
Client group languages include: Arabic, Bulgarian, Croatian, Dutch, Greek,
Hebrew, Hungarian, Portuguese, Romanian, Slovak, Slovenian, and Turkish.
Do not confuse languages supported by the DB2 database product with languages
supported by the DB2 interface. Languages supported by the DB2 database
product means the languages in which data can exist. These languages are a
superset of languages supported by the DB2 interface.
Displaying the DB2 Setup wizard in your national language (Linux and
UNIX)
The db2setup command queries the operating system to determine the existing
language settings. If the language setting of your operating system is supported by
db2setup, then that language will be used when displaying the DB2 Setup wizard.
If your system uses the same code pages but different locale names than those
supported by the DB2 interface, you can still see the translated db2setup by setting
your LANG environment variable to the appropriate value by entering the following
command:
bourne (sh), korn (ksh), and bash shells:
LANG=locale
export LANG
C shell:
setenv LANG locale
where locale is a locale supported by the DB2 interface.
Language identifiers for running the DB2 Setup wizard in another
language
If you want to run the DB2 Setup wizard in a language different from the default
language on your computer, you can start the DB2 Setup wizard manually,
specifying a language identifier. The language must be available on the platform
where you are running the installation.
On Windows operating systems, you can run setup.exe with the -i parameter to
specify the two-letter language code of the language the installation is to use.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 89
On Linux and UNIX operating systems, it is recommended that you set the LANG
environment variable to display the DB2 Setup wizard in your national language.
Table 11. Language identifiers
Language Language identifier
Arabic (available on Windows platforms
only)
ar
Brazilian Portuguese br
Bulgarian bg
Chinese, Simplified cn
Chinese, Traditional tw
Croatian hr
Czech cz
Danish dk
Dutch nl
English en
Finnish fi
French fr
German de
Greek el
Hungarian hu
Indonesian (available on Windows platforms
only)
id
Italian it
Japanese jp
Korean kr
Lithuanian (available on Windows platforms
only)
lt
Norwegian no
Polish pl
Portuguese pt
Romanian ro
Russian ru
Slovak sk
Slovenian sl
Spanish es
Swedish se
Turkish tr
Changing the DB2 Connect product interface language (Windows)
The DB2 interface language is the language that appears in messages, help, and
graphical tool interfaces.
90 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
About this task
Do not confuse languages supported by a DB2 database product with languages
supported by the DB2 interface. Languages supported by a DB2 database product
means the languages in which data can exist. These languages are a superset of
languages supported by the DB2 interface.
The DB2 interface language you want to use must be installed on your system. The
DB2 database product interface languages are selected and installed when you
install a DB2 database product using the DB2 Setup wizard. If you change the
interface language of a DB2 database product to a supported interface language
that has not been installed, the DB2 database product interface language will
default to the operating system language first, and if that is not supported,
English.
Changing the interface language for a DB2 database product on Windows requires
that you change the default language setting for your Windows operating system.
Procedure
To change the DB2 database product interface language on Windows operating
systems:
1. Through the Control Panel, select Regional and Language Options.
2. On the Regional Options tab under Standards and formats, select the
appropriate language. On Windows, use the Formats tab for this step.
3. On the Regional Options tab under Location, select the location that
corresponds to the appropriate language.
4. On the Advanced tab under Language for non-Unicode programs select the
appropriate language. On Windows, on the Administrative tab, under
Language for non-unicode programs, click Change system locale and select
the appropriate language. You will then be asked to reboot, click Cancel.
5. On the Advanced tab under Default user account settings, check the Apply all
settings to the current user account and to the default user profile box. On
Windows, on the Administrative tab under reserved accounts, click Copy to
reserved accounts and check the accounts that you want to copy the language
settings to.
6. You will be asked to reboot before these changes come into effect.
What to do next
Refer to your operating system help for additional information about changing the
default system language.
Changing the DB2 Connect interface language (Linux and UNIX)
The interface language of the DB2 database product is the language that appears in
messages, help, and graphical tool interfaces.
Before you begin
Do not confuse languages supported by the DB2 database product with languages
supported by the DB2 interface. Languages supported by the DB2 database
product, that is, languages that data can exist in, are a superset of languages
supported by the DB2 interface.
Chapter 20. DB2 Setup Wizard national language support 91
Support for the DB2 interface language you want to use must be installed on your
system. DB2 interface language support is selected and installed when you install a
DB2 database product using the DB2 Setup wizard. If you change the interface
language of the DB2 database product to a supported interface language that has
not been installed, the DB2 interface language will default to the operating system
language. If the operating system language is not supported, English is used as the
DB2 interface language.
DB2 interface language support is selected and installed when you install your
DB2 database product using the DB2 Setup wizard or by using the National
Language Package.
About this task
To check which public locales are available in your system, run the $ locale -a
command.
Procedure
To change the DB2 interface language:
Set the LANG environment variable to the locale you want.
v For bourne (sh), korn (ksh), and bash shells:
LANG=locale
export LANG
v For C shell:
setenv LANG locale
For example, to interface with the DB2 database product in French, you must have
the French language support installed and you must set the LANG environment
variable to a French locale, for example, fr_FR.
Conversion of character data
When character data is transferred between machines, it must be converted to a
form that the receiving machine can use.
For example, when data is transferred between a DB2 Connect server and a host or
System i database server, it is usually converted from a server code page to a host
CCSID, and vice versa. If the two machines use different code pages or CCSIDs,
code points are mapped from one code page or CCSID to the other. This
conversion is always performed at the receiver.
Character data sent to a database consists of SQL statements and input data.
Character data sent from a database consists of output data. Output data that is
interpreted as bit data is not converted. For example, data from a column declared
with the FOR BIT DATA clause. Otherwise, all input and output character data is
converted if the two machines have different code pages or CCSIDs.
For example, if DB2 Connect is used to access data, the following happens:
1. DB2 Connect sends an SQL statement and input data to System z.
2. DB2 for z/OS converts the SQL statement and data to the host server's code
page and then processes the data.
3. DB2 for z/OS sends the result back to the DB2 Connect server.
4. DB2 Connect converts the result to the code page of the user's environment.
92 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
For bidirectional languages, a number of special "BiDi CCSIDS" have been defined
by IBM and are supported by DB2 Connect.
If the bidirectional attributes of the database server are different from those of the
client you can use these special CCSIDS to manage the difference.
Refer to the supported territory codes and code pages topic for the supported
conversions between code pages on the DB2 Connect and CCSIDs on the host or
System i server.
Chapter 20. DB2 Setup Wizard national language support 93
94 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 21. Developing database applications
Binding and running your applications in an environment that uses DB2 Connect
has specific considerations.
Binding database utilities on DB2 Connect
You must bind the database utilities (import, export, reorg, the Command Line
Processor) and CLI bind files to each database before they can be used with that
database.
About this task
In a network environment, if you are using multiple clients that use different
versions or service levels of DB2, you must bind the utilities once for each version
of DB2 used.
Binding a utility creates a package, which is an object that includes all of the
information that is needed to process specific SQL statements from a single source
file.
The bind files are grouped together in different .lst files in the bnd directory,
under the installation directory (typically sqllib for Windows). Each file is specific
to a server.
Procedure
v To bind the utilities and applications to the IBM mainframe database server,
connect to the IBM mainframe server and use the following example as a
template:
connect to dbalias user userid using password
bind path/bnd/@ddcsmvs.lst blocking all sqlerror continue
messages mvs.msg grant public
connect reset
where path corresponds to the DB2PATH registry value.
v To bind database utilities to a DB2 database, use the command line processor:
1. Change to the bnd directory, which is x:sqllibbnd, where x: represents the
drive where you installed DB2.
2. To connect to the database, enter the following commands in the Command
Center®
or the Command Line Processor:
connect to database_alias
where database_alias represents the alias of the database to which you want to
connect.
3. Enter the following commands in the Command Line Processor:
"bind @db2ubind.lst messages bind.msg grant public"
"bind @db2cli.lst messages clibind.msg grant public"
In this example, bind.msg and clibind.msg are the output message files, and
EXECUTE and BINDADD privileges are granted to public.
4. Reset the connection to the database by entering the following command:
connect reset
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 95
Note:
1. The db2ubind.lst file contains the list of bind (.bnd) files required to create
the packages for the database utilities. The db2cli.lst file contains the list of
bind (.bnd) files required to create packages for the CLI and the DB2 ODBC
driver.
2. Binding might take a few minutes to complete.
3. If you have BINDADD authority, the first time you use the CLI or ODBC
driver, the CLI packages will be bound automatically. If the applications that
you are using require binding to the database, you can use the BIND
command to perform the bind action.
Running your own applications
You can build and run DB2 applications with an IBM Data Server Client installed.
Various types of applications can access DB2 databases:
v Applications developed using the IBM data server client that include embedded
SQL, APIs, stored procedures, user-defined functions or calls to the CLI
v ODBC applications
v Java applications using the JDBC or SQLJ interfaces
v PHP applications
v Ruby or Ruby on Rails applications
v Perl applications
v Python applications
On Windows operating systems, the following routines or objects can also access
DB2 databases:
v ActiveX Data Objects (ADO) implemented in Microsoft Visual Basic and
Microsoft Visual C++
v Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) Automation Routines (UDFs and Stored
Procedures)
v Object Linking and Embedding Database (OLE DB) table functions
To run an application:
1. Ensure the server is configured and running.
2. On the DB2 server, ensure that the database manager is started on the database
server to which the application program is connecting. If it is not, you must
issue the db2start command at the server before starting the application.
3. Ensure that you can connect to the database that the application uses.
4. Bind the necessary files to support the database application driver being used.
5. Run the application program.
96 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Chapter 22. Uninstalling DB2 Connect
At some point in the future you may need to remove your DB2 Connect products
from your system. The requirements for removing or uninstalling your DB2
Connect products are presented based on the operating system you are using.
Uninstalling DB2 Connect (Windows)
This task provides steps for completely removing your DB2 database product from
your Windows operating system. Only perform this task if you no longer require
your existing DB2 instances and databases.
About this task
If you are uninstalling the default DB2 copy, and you have other DB2 copies on
your system, use the db2swtch command to choose a new default copy before you
proceed with the uninstallation. Also, if your DB2 Administration Server (DAS) is
running under the copy being removed, move your DAS to a copy that is not
being removed. Otherwise, re-create the DAS using the db2admin create command
after the uninstall, and you reconfigure the DAS for some function to work.
Procedure
To remove your DB2 database product from Windows:
1. Optional: Drop all databases using the drop database command. Be sure that
you no longer need these databases. If you drop your databases, all of your
data will be gone.
2. Stop all DB2 processes and services. This can be done through the Windows
Services panel or by issuing the db2stop command. If DB2 services and
processes are not stopped before attempting to remove your DB2 database
product, you will receive a warning containing a list of processes and services
that are holding DB2 DLLs in memory. If you will use Add/Remove Programs
to remove your DB2 database product, this step is optional.
3. You have two options for removing your DB2 database product:
v Add/Remove Programs
Accessible through the Windows Control Panel, use the Add/Remove
Programs window to remove your DB2 database product. Refer to your
operating system's help for more information about removing software
products from your Windows operating system.
v db2unins command
You can run the db2unins command from the DB2DIRbin directory to remove
your DB2 database products, features, or languages. Using this command,
you can uninstall multiple DB2 database products at the same time using the
/p parameter. You can use a response file to uninstall DB2 database products,
features, or languages using /u parameter.
What to do next
Unfortunately, your DB2 database product cannot always be removed by using the
Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs facility or using the db2unins /p
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 97
command or the db2unins /u command. The following uninstallation option must
ONLY be attempted if the previous method fails.
To forcefully remove all DB2 copies from your Windows system, run the db2unins
/f command. This command will perform a brute force uninstallation of ALL DB2
copies on the system. Everything except user data, such as DB2 databases, will be
forcefully deleted. Before running this command with the /f parameter, see the
db2unins command for details.
Uninstalling DB2 Connect (Linux and UNIX)
This task provides steps for removing a DB2 database product from your Linux or
UNIX operating system.
About this task
This task is not required to install a new version of a DB2 database product. Each
version of a DB2 database product on Linux or UNIX has a different installation
path and can therefore coexist on the same computer.
Note: This task applies to DB2 database products that were installed with root
user authority. A separate topic explains how to uninstall DB2 database products
that were installed as a non-root user.
Procedure
To remove your DB2 database product:
1. Optional: Drop all databases. You can drop databases using the DROP DATABASE
command. Database files remain intact on your file systems when you drop an
instance without dropping databases first.
2. Stop the DB2 Administration Server. Refer to the Installing DB2 Servers manual.
3. Remove the DB2 Administration Server, or run the dasupdt command to update
the DB2 Administration Server to another installation path. To remove the DB2
Administration Server, refer to the Installing DB2 Servers manual.
4. Stop all DB2 instances. Refer to the Installing DB2 Servers manual.
5. Remove the DB2 instances, or run the db2iupdt command to update the
instances to another installation path. To remove the DB2 instances, refer to the
Installing DB2 Servers manual.
6. Remove the DB2 database products. Refer to the Installing DB2 Servers manual.
98 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Part 9. Appendixes
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 99
100 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Appendix A. Overview of the DB2 technical information
DB2 technical information is available in multiple formats that can be accessed in
multiple ways.
DB2 technical information is available through the following tools and methods:
v DB2 Information Center
– Topics (Task, concept and reference topics)
– Sample programs
– Tutorials
v DB2 books
– PDF files (downloadable)
– PDF files (from the DB2 PDF DVD)
– printed books
v Command-line help
– Command help
– Message help
Note: The DB2 Information Center topics are updated more frequently than either
the PDF or the hardcopy books. To get the most current information, install the
documentation updates as they become available, or refer to the DB2 Information
Center at ibm.com.
You can access additional DB2 technical information such as technotes, white
papers, and IBM Redbooks®
publications online at ibm.com. Access the DB2
Information Management software library site at http://www.ibm.com/software/
data/sw-library/.
Documentation feedback
We value your feedback on the DB2 documentation. If you have suggestions for
how to improve the DB2 documentation, send an email to db2docs@ca.ibm.com.
The DB2 documentation team reads all of your feedback, but cannot respond to
you directly. Provide specific examples wherever possible so that we can better
understand your concerns. If you are providing feedback on a specific topic or
help file, include the topic title and URL.
Do not use this email address to contact DB2 Customer Support. If you have a DB2
technical issue that the documentation does not resolve, contact your local IBM
service center for assistance.
DB2 technical library in hardcopy or PDF format
The following tables describe the DB2 library available from the IBM Publications
Center at www.ibm.com/e-business/linkweb/publications/servlet/pbi.wss.
English and translated DB2 Version 10.1 manuals in PDF format can be
downloaded from www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=71&uid=swg27009474.
Although the tables identify books available in print, the books might not be
available in your country or region.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 101
The form number increases each time a manual is updated. Ensure that you are
reading the most recent version of the manuals, as listed below.
Note: The DB2 Information Center is updated more frequently than either the PDF
or the hard-copy books.
Table 12. DB2 technical information
Name Form Number Available in print Availability date
Administrative API
Reference
SC27-5506-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Administrative Routines
and Views
SC27-5507-00 No July 28, 2013
Call Level Interface
Guide and Reference
Volume 1
SC27-5511-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Call Level Interface
Guide and Reference
Volume 2
SC27-5512-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Command Reference SC27-5508-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Database Administration
Concepts and
Configuration Reference
SC27-4546-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Data Movement Utilities
Guide and Reference
SC27-5528-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Database Monitoring
Guide and Reference
SC27-4547-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Data Recovery and High
Availability Guide and
Reference
SC27-5529-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Database Security Guide SC27-5530-00 Yes July 28, 2013
DB2 Workload
Management Guide and
Reference
SC27-5520-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Developing ADO.NET
and OLE DB
Applications
SC27-4549-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Developing Embedded
SQL Applications
SC27-4550-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Developing Java
Applications
SC27-5503-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Developing Perl, PHP,
Python, and Ruby on
Rails Applications
SC27-5504-00 No July 28, 2013
Developing RDF
Applications for IBM
Data Servers
SC27-5505-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Developing User-defined
Routines (SQL and
External)
SC27-5501-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Getting Started with
Database Application
Development
GI13-2084-00 Yes July 28, 2013
102 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Table 12. DB2 technical information (continued)
Name Form Number Available in print Availability date
Getting Started with
DB2 Installation and
Administration on Linux
and Windows
GI13-2085-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Globalization Guide SC27-5531-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Installing DB2 Servers GC27-5514-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Installing IBM Data
Server Clients
GC27-5515-00 No July 28, 2013
Message Reference
Volume 1
SC27-5523-00 No July 28, 2013
Message Reference
Volume 2
SC27-5524-00 No July 28, 2013
Net Search Extender
Administration and
User's Guide
SC27-5526-00 No July 28, 2013
Partitioning and
Clustering Guide
SC27-5532-00 Yes July 28, 2013
pureXML Guide SC27-5521-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Spatial Extender User's
Guide and Reference
SC27-5525-00 No July 28, 2013
SQL Procedural
Languages: Application
Enablement and Support
SC27-5502-00 Yes July 28, 2013
SQL Reference Volume 1 SC27-5509-00 Yes July 28, 2013
SQL Reference Volume 2 SC27-5510-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Text Search Guide SC27-5527-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Troubleshooting and
Tuning Database
Performance
SC27-4548-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Upgrading to DB2
Version 10.5
SC27-5513-00 Yes July 28, 2013
What's New for DB2
Version 10.5
SC27-5519-00 Yes July 28, 2013
XQuery Reference SC27-5522-00 No July 28, 2013
Table 13. DB2 Connect-specific technical information
Name Form Number Available in print Availability date
DB2 Connect Installing
and Configuring DB2
Connect Personal Edition
SC27-5516-00 Yes July 28, 2013
DB2 Connect Installing
and Configuring DB2
Connect Servers
SC27-5517-00 Yes July 28, 2013
DB2 Connect User's
Guide
SC27-5518-00 Yes July 28, 2013
Appendix A. Overview of the DB2 technical information 103
Displaying SQL state help from the command line processor
DB2 products return an SQLSTATE value for conditions that can be the result of an
SQL statement. SQLSTATE help explains the meanings of SQL states and SQL state
class codes.
Procedure
To start SQL state help, open the command line processor and enter:
? sqlstate or ? class code
where sqlstate represents a valid five-digit SQL state and class code represents the
first two digits of the SQL state.
For example, ? 08003 displays help for the 08003 SQL state, and ? 08 displays help
for the 08 class code.
Accessing different versions of the DB2 Information Center
Documentation for other versions of DB2 products is found in separate information
centers on ibm.com®
.
About this task
For DB2 Version 10.1 topics, the DB2 Information Center URL is
http://pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/db2luw/v10r1.
For DB2 Version 9.8 topics, the DB2 Information Center URL is http://
pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/db2luw/v9r8/.
For DB2 Version 9.7 topics, the DB2 Information Center URL is http://
pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/db2luw/v9r7/.
For DB2 Version 9.5 topics, the DB2 Information Center URL is http://
publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/db2luw/v9r5.
Terms and conditions
Permissions for the use of these publications are granted subject to the following
terms and conditions.
Applicability: These terms and conditions are in addition to any terms of use for
the IBM website.
Personal use: You may reproduce these publications for your personal,
noncommercial use provided that all proprietary notices are preserved. You may
not distribute, display or make derivative work of these publications, or any
portion thereof, without the express consent of IBM.
Commercial use: You may reproduce, distribute and display these publications
solely within your enterprise provided that all proprietary notices are preserved.
You may not make derivative works of these publications, or reproduce, distribute
or display these publications or any portion thereof outside your enterprise,
without the express consent of IBM.
104 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Rights: Except as expressly granted in this permission, no other permissions,
licenses or rights are granted, either express or implied, to the publications or any
information, data, software or other intellectual property contained therein.
IBM reserves the right to withdraw the permissions granted herein whenever, in its
discretion, the use of the publications is detrimental to its interest or, as
determined by IBM, the previous instructions are not being properly followed.
You may not download, export or re-export this information except in full
compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including all United States
export laws and regulations.
IBM MAKES NO GUARANTEE ABOUT THE CONTENT OF THESE
PUBLICATIONS. THE PUBLICATIONS ARE PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
NON-INFRINGEMENT, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
IBM Trademarks: IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered
trademarks of International Business Machines Corp., registered in many
jurisdictions worldwide. Other product and service names might be trademarks of
IBM or other companies. A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web
at www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml
Appendix A. Overview of the DB2 technical information 105
106 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Appendix B. Notices
This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.
Information about non-IBM products is based on information available at the time
of first publication of this document and is subject to change.
IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in
other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information about the
products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM
product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product,
program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may
be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the
operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter
described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not grant you
any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
North Castle Drive
Armonk, NY 10504-1785
U.S.A.
For license inquiries regarding double-byte character set (DBCS) information,
contact the IBM Intellectual Property Department in your country or send
inquiries, in writing, to:
Intellectual Property Licensing
Legal and Intellectual Property Law
IBM Japan, Ltd.
19-21, Nihonbashi-Hakozakicho, Chuo-ku
Tokyo 103-8510, Japan
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other
country/region where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or
implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply
to you.
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.
Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be
incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements,
changes, or both in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this
publication at any time without notice.
Any references in this information to websites not owned by IBM are provided for
convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 107
websites. The materials at those websites are not part of the materials for this IBM
product and use of those websites is at your own risk.
IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it
believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.
Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the purpose
of enabling: (i) the exchange of information between independently created
programs and other programs (including this one) and (ii) the mutual use of the
information that has been exchanged, should contact:
IBM Canada Limited
U59/3600
3600 Steeles Avenue East
Markham, Ontario L3R 9Z7
CANADA
Such information may be available, subject to appropriate terms and conditions,
including, in some cases, payment of a fee.
The licensed program described in this document and all licensed material
available for it are provided by IBM under terms of the IBM Customer Agreement,
IBM International Program License Agreement, or any equivalent agreement
between us.
Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled
environment. Therefore, the results obtained in other operating environments may
vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level
systems, and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on
generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been
estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document
should verify the applicable data for their specific environment.
Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of
those products, their published announcements, or other publicly available sources.
IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of
performance, compatibility, or any other claims related to non-IBM products.
Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the
suppliers of those products.
All statements regarding IBM's future direction or intent are subject to change or
withdrawal without notice, and represent goals and objectives only.
This information may contain examples of data and reports used in daily business
operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the
names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are
fictitious, and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual
business enterprise is entirely coincidental.
COPYRIGHT LICENSE:
This information contains sample application programs in source language, which
illustrate programming techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy,
modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to
IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application
programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating
108 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
platform for which the sample programs are written. These examples have not
been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or
imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. The sample
programs are provided "AS IS", without warranty of any kind. IBM shall not be
liable for any damages arising out of your use of the sample programs.
Each copy or any portion of these sample programs or any derivative work must
include a copyright notice as follows:
© (your company name) (year). Portions of this code are derived from IBM Corp.
Sample Programs. © Copyright IBM Corp. _enter the year or years_. All rights
reserved.
Trademarks
IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of
International Business Machines Corp., registered in many jurisdictions worldwide.
Other product and service names might be trademarks of IBM or other companies.
A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the web at “Copyright and
trademark information” at www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml.
The following terms are trademarks or registered trademarks of other companies
v Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other
countries, or both.
v Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Oracle, its affiliates, or both.
v UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and
other countries.
v Intel, Intel logo, Intel Inside, Intel Inside logo, Celeron, Intel SpeedStep, Itanium,
and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its
subsidiaries in the United States and other countries.
v Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo are trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.
Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of
others.
Appendix B. Notices 109
110 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Index
A
about this book v, 1
AIX
CD mounting 43
DVD mounting 43
installing
DB2 Connect server products 39, 41
application development
JDBC 7
applications
ODBC 95
running 96
B
bidirectional CCSID support
language support 92
binding
utilities
DB2 Connect 95
C
CDs
mounting
AIX 43
HP-UX 48
Linux 52
Solaris 56
clients
overview 7
remote 7
code pages
conversion
exceptions 92
supported 89
coded character set identifier (CCSID)
bidirectional languages 92
bidirectional support
languages 92
commands
db2licm
setting license policy 68
db2osconf
determining kernel configuration parameter values 29
db2setup
displaying DB2 Setup wizard in your national
language 89
communication protocols
DRDA host access configuration 78
configuration
connections to mainframe 83
DB2 Connect server products 35
TCP/IP
using CLP 83
connections
DRDA hosts through communications server 78
conversion
character 92
D
DAS (DB2 administration server)
see DB2 administration server (DAS) 10
data
accessing
DB2 Connect 8
JDBC 7
database applications
developing 95
databases
host 77
DB2 administration server (DAS)
overview 10
DB2 Connect
DB2 for VSE & VM 81
disk requirements 37
host support 5, 8
IBM i connections 75
installing
non-Administrator installation 63
mainframe support 5, 8
memory requirements 37
overview 5, 8
server products
configuring 35
installing (AIX) 39, 41
installing (HP-UX) 45, 47
installing (Linux) 49, 51
installing (overview) 35
installing (Solaris Operating System) 53, 55
installing (Windows) 57, 58
post-upgrade tasks 20
pre-upgrade tasks 17
System i support
overview 5
upgrading
overview 15, 16
procedure 18
zSeries support 5
DB2 for VM & VSE
preparing for connections from DB2 Connect 81
DB2 for z/OS
configuring 80
updating system tables 80
DB2 Information Center
versions 104
DB2 Setup wizard
language identifiers 89
DB2ADMNS group
adding users 64
db2licm command
registering licenses 67
setting license policy 68
db2osconf command
determining kernel configuration parameter values 29
db2setup command
language setting 89
DB2USERS user group
adding users 64
default language setting
Windows 91
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 111
directory schema
extending
Windows 62
documentation
overview 101
PDF files 101
printed 101
terms and conditions of use 104
DVDs
mounting
AIX 43
HP-UX 48
Linux 52
Solaris 56
E
examples
DB2 Connect 7
F
fix packs
installing
DB2 Connect 69
H
help
SQL statements 104
host databases
configuring TCP/IP 83
HP-UX
installing
DB2 Connect servers 45, 47
kernel configuration parameters
modifying 29
recommended values 29
mounting media 48
I
IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
levels for DB2 Connect versions 25
IBM i
DB2 Connect 5
installation
DB2 Connect
server products 35
user accounts (Windows) 59
zSeries running Linux
DB2 Connect 51
interface languages
changing
UNIX 91
Windows 91
overview 89
J
Java
DB2 Connect product support 25
host database access 7
JDBC
drivers
details 25
K
kernel configuration parameters
HP-UX
db2osconf command 29
modifying 29
recommended 29
Linux
modifying 30
overview 29
Solaris 31
L
LANG environment variable
setting 89, 91
languages
bidirectional support 92
DB2 Connect interface 89
DB2 interface 91
DB2 Setup wizard for language identifiers 89
licenses
activating 67
registering
db2licm command 67
setting
db2licm command 68
Linux
installing
DB2 Connect on zSeries 51
DB2 Connect server products 49, 51
kernel parameters
modifying 30
mounting
CDs 52
DVDs 52
uninstalling DB2 Connect
root 98
locales
DB2 Connect interface languages 89
M
mainframe databases
configuring access 83, 87
midrange servers
configuring connections 83
mounting CDs or DVDs
AIX 43
HP-UX 48
Linux 52
Solaris 56
N
national language support (NLS)
converting character data 92
displaying DB2 Setup wizard 89
notices 107
112 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
O
ODBC
binding packages 95
P
post-upgrade tasks
DB2 Connect servers 20
pre-upgrade tasks
DB2 Connect servers 17
S
scenarios
DB2 Connect 7
SDKs
product levels 25
security
user groups 64
Solaris operating systems
DB2 Connect 31, 56
DB2 Connect server products 53, 55
modifying kernel parameters 31
mounting CDs or DVDs 56
SQL statements
help
displaying 104
System i
database servers
configuring connections 83
DB2 Connect support 5
System z
DB2 Connect
support overview 5
T
TCP/IP
configuring
host connections 77, 78, 83
System i database servers 83
DB2 for z/OS 77, 78, 83
terms and conditions
publications 104
territory codes
page support 92
U
uninstallation
DB2 Connect 97, 98
root installations 98
UNIX
changing DB2 Connect interface language 91
uninstalling
DB2 Connect 98
upgrades
DB2 Connect
overview 15, 16
procedure 18
user accounts
DB2 administration server (Windows) 59
instance user (Windows) 59
required for installation (Windows) 59
user groups
DB2ADMNS 64
DB2USERS 64
security 64
utilities
binding 95
V
VTAM
preparing z/OS for connections from DB2 Connect 77
W
Windows
default language setting 91
installing
DB2 Connect (with non-Administrator access) 63
DB2 Connect server products (procedure) 57
DB2 Connect server products (requirements) 58
uninstalling DB2 Connect 97
user accounts
DB2 Connect product installation 59
Z
zSeries
installing DB2 Connect for Linux 51
Index 113
114 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   db2 connect installing and configuring db2 connect servers
Printed in USA
SC27-5517-00
Spineinformation:
IBMDB2Connect10.5DB2ConnectInstallingandConfiguringDB2ConnectServers

More Related Content

What's hot (13)

Client install
Client installClient install
Client install
mrt Londeh
 
Ig exprss
Ig exprssIg exprss
Ig exprss
AnkurSax
 
IBM Flex System Solution for Microsoft Hyper-V (2-node) Reference Architecture
IBM Flex System Solution for Microsoft Hyper-V (2-node) Reference ArchitectureIBM Flex System Solution for Microsoft Hyper-V (2-node) Reference Architecture
IBM Flex System Solution for Microsoft Hyper-V (2-node) Reference Architecture
IBM India Smarter Computing
 
Cmis 7.2 deploy
Cmis 7.2 deployCmis 7.2 deploy
Cmis 7.2 deploy
Eswar Eluri
 
Virtual desktop scalability and performance with VMware View 5.2 and Virident...
Virtual desktop scalability and performance with VMware View 5.2 and Virident...Virtual desktop scalability and performance with VMware View 5.2 and Virident...
Virtual desktop scalability and performance with VMware View 5.2 and Virident...
Principled Technologies
 
Mysql workbench en.a4
Mysql workbench en.a4Mysql workbench en.a4
Mysql workbench en.a4
solucionesinformaticas
 
Cs 7.2 distributed
Cs 7.2 distributedCs 7.2 distributed
Cs 7.2 distributed
Eswar Eluri
 
Cs 7.2 relnotes
Cs 7.2 relnotesCs 7.2 relnotes
Cs 7.2 relnotes
Eswar Eluri
 
Best practices for_virtualizing_exchange_server_2010_with_windows_server
Best practices for_virtualizing_exchange_server_2010_with_windows_serverBest practices for_virtualizing_exchange_server_2010_with_windows_server
Best practices for_virtualizing_exchange_server_2010_with_windows_server
karthickmdur
 
Boosting virtualization performance with Intel SSD DC Series P3600 NVMe SSDs ...
Boosting virtualization performance with Intel SSD DC Series P3600 NVMe SSDs ...Boosting virtualization performance with Intel SSD DC Series P3600 NVMe SSDs ...
Boosting virtualization performance with Intel SSD DC Series P3600 NVMe SSDs ...
Principled Technologies
 
Server virtualization Lync Server 2010
Server virtualization Lync Server 2010Server virtualization Lync Server 2010
Server virtualization Lync Server 2010
ITSanchez
 
H17589 ready-vsphere-unity-dg
H17589 ready-vsphere-unity-dgH17589 ready-vsphere-unity-dg
H17589 ready-vsphere-unity-dg
Milagritos Sono
 
Virt Exchange2k7 Final Frontier V Mworld2007
Virt Exchange2k7 Final Frontier V Mworld2007Virt Exchange2k7 Final Frontier V Mworld2007
Virt Exchange2k7 Final Frontier V Mworld2007
Kong Yang
 
Client install
Client installClient install
Client install
mrt Londeh
 
IBM Flex System Solution for Microsoft Hyper-V (2-node) Reference Architecture
IBM Flex System Solution for Microsoft Hyper-V (2-node) Reference ArchitectureIBM Flex System Solution for Microsoft Hyper-V (2-node) Reference Architecture
IBM Flex System Solution for Microsoft Hyper-V (2-node) Reference Architecture
IBM India Smarter Computing
 
Virtual desktop scalability and performance with VMware View 5.2 and Virident...
Virtual desktop scalability and performance with VMware View 5.2 and Virident...Virtual desktop scalability and performance with VMware View 5.2 and Virident...
Virtual desktop scalability and performance with VMware View 5.2 and Virident...
Principled Technologies
 
Cs 7.2 distributed
Cs 7.2 distributedCs 7.2 distributed
Cs 7.2 distributed
Eswar Eluri
 
Best practices for_virtualizing_exchange_server_2010_with_windows_server
Best practices for_virtualizing_exchange_server_2010_with_windows_serverBest practices for_virtualizing_exchange_server_2010_with_windows_server
Best practices for_virtualizing_exchange_server_2010_with_windows_server
karthickmdur
 
Boosting virtualization performance with Intel SSD DC Series P3600 NVMe SSDs ...
Boosting virtualization performance with Intel SSD DC Series P3600 NVMe SSDs ...Boosting virtualization performance with Intel SSD DC Series P3600 NVMe SSDs ...
Boosting virtualization performance with Intel SSD DC Series P3600 NVMe SSDs ...
Principled Technologies
 
Server virtualization Lync Server 2010
Server virtualization Lync Server 2010Server virtualization Lync Server 2010
Server virtualization Lync Server 2010
ITSanchez
 
H17589 ready-vsphere-unity-dg
H17589 ready-vsphere-unity-dgH17589 ready-vsphere-unity-dg
H17589 ready-vsphere-unity-dg
Milagritos Sono
 
Virt Exchange2k7 Final Frontier V Mworld2007
Virt Exchange2k7 Final Frontier V Mworld2007Virt Exchange2k7 Final Frontier V Mworld2007
Virt Exchange2k7 Final Frontier V Mworld2007
Kong Yang
 

Similar to Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows db2 connect installing and configuring db2 connect servers (20)

Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows installing ibm data server clients
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   installing ibm data server clientsIbm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   installing ibm data server clients
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows installing ibm data server clients
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows getting started with db2 installa...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   getting started with db2 installa...Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   getting started with db2 installa...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows getting started with db2 installa...
bupbechanhgmail
 
Quick beginning for db2 server
Quick beginning for db2 serverQuick beginning for db2 server
Quick beginning for db2 server
The Vision and Insight Corner
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing ado.net and ole db app...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing ado.net and ole db app...Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing ado.net and ole db app...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing ado.net and ole db app...
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing perl, php, python, and...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing perl, php, python, and...Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing perl, php, python, and...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing perl, php, python, and...
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows text search guide
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   text search guideIbm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   text search guide
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows text search guide
bupbechanhgmail
 
Db2 version 9 for linux, unix, and windows
Db2 version 9 for linux, unix, and windowsDb2 version 9 for linux, unix, and windows
Db2 version 9 for linux, unix, and windows
bupbechanhgmail
 
Db2exc guide 952_mac_x86_64
Db2exc guide 952_mac_x86_64Db2exc guide 952_mac_x86_64
Db2exc guide 952_mac_x86_64
The Vision and Insight Corner
 
Installation guide (web sphereapplication server,db2,tivoli directory
Installation guide (web sphereapplication server,db2,tivoli directory Installation guide (web sphereapplication server,db2,tivoli directory
Installation guide (web sphereapplication server,db2,tivoli directory
JEAN EROLD JIRAUD
 
Windows Server 2012 Up and Running 1st Edition Samara Lynn
Windows Server 2012 Up and Running 1st Edition Samara LynnWindows Server 2012 Up and Running 1st Edition Samara Lynn
Windows Server 2012 Up and Running 1st Edition Samara Lynn
erliscamakuy
 
Building “old” Windows drivers (XP, Vista, 2003 and 2008) with Visual Studio ...
Building “old” Windows drivers (XP, Vista, 2003 and 2008) with Visual Studio ...Building “old” Windows drivers (XP, Vista, 2003 and 2008) with Visual Studio ...
Building “old” Windows drivers (XP, Vista, 2003 and 2008) with Visual Studio ...
Yan Vugenfirer
 
1) planning
1) planning1) planning
1) planning
guptavikki99
 
IBM Ported Tools for z/OS: Perl for z/OS Feature User’s Guide and Reference
IBM Ported Tools for z/OS: Perl for z/OS Feature User’s Guide and ReferenceIBM Ported Tools for z/OS: Perl for z/OS Feature User’s Guide and Reference
IBM Ported Tools for z/OS: Perl for z/OS Feature User’s Guide and Reference
IBM India Smarter Computing
 
Dell 3-2-1 Reference Configurations: Configuration, management, and upgrade g...
Dell 3-2-1 Reference Configurations: Configuration, management, and upgrade g...Dell 3-2-1 Reference Configurations: Configuration, management, and upgrade g...
Dell 3-2-1 Reference Configurations: Configuration, management, and upgrade g...
Principled Technologies
 
IBM COE course book
IBM COE course bookIBM COE course book
IBM COE course book
IEC Group of Institutions
 
Bb sql serverdell
Bb sql serverdellBb sql serverdell
Bb sql serverdell
Steve Feldman
 
Dell IDRAC6 147859.pdf
Dell IDRAC6 147859.pdfDell IDRAC6 147859.pdf
Dell IDRAC6 147859.pdf
JOSALTEMAROliveira
 
BOOK - IBM Z vse using db2 on linux for system z
BOOK - IBM Z vse using db2 on linux for system zBOOK - IBM Z vse using db2 on linux for system z
BOOK - IBM Z vse using db2 on linux for system z
Satya Harish
 
Ispim installing pdf
Ispim installing pdfIspim installing pdf
Ispim installing pdf
ssusere18cdd1
 
Db2 v9 messages and codes z os
Db2 v9 messages and codes z osDb2 v9 messages and codes z os
Db2 v9 messages and codes z os
Leo Goicochea
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows installing ibm data server clients
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   installing ibm data server clientsIbm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   installing ibm data server clients
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows installing ibm data server clients
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows getting started with db2 installa...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   getting started with db2 installa...Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   getting started with db2 installa...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows getting started with db2 installa...
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing ado.net and ole db app...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing ado.net and ole db app...Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing ado.net and ole db app...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing ado.net and ole db app...
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing perl, php, python, and...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing perl, php, python, and...Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing perl, php, python, and...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing perl, php, python, and...
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows text search guide
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   text search guideIbm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   text search guide
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows text search guide
bupbechanhgmail
 
Db2 version 9 for linux, unix, and windows
Db2 version 9 for linux, unix, and windowsDb2 version 9 for linux, unix, and windows
Db2 version 9 for linux, unix, and windows
bupbechanhgmail
 
Installation guide (web sphereapplication server,db2,tivoli directory
Installation guide (web sphereapplication server,db2,tivoli directory Installation guide (web sphereapplication server,db2,tivoli directory
Installation guide (web sphereapplication server,db2,tivoli directory
JEAN EROLD JIRAUD
 
Windows Server 2012 Up and Running 1st Edition Samara Lynn
Windows Server 2012 Up and Running 1st Edition Samara LynnWindows Server 2012 Up and Running 1st Edition Samara Lynn
Windows Server 2012 Up and Running 1st Edition Samara Lynn
erliscamakuy
 
Building “old” Windows drivers (XP, Vista, 2003 and 2008) with Visual Studio ...
Building “old” Windows drivers (XP, Vista, 2003 and 2008) with Visual Studio ...Building “old” Windows drivers (XP, Vista, 2003 and 2008) with Visual Studio ...
Building “old” Windows drivers (XP, Vista, 2003 and 2008) with Visual Studio ...
Yan Vugenfirer
 
IBM Ported Tools for z/OS: Perl for z/OS Feature User’s Guide and Reference
IBM Ported Tools for z/OS: Perl for z/OS Feature User’s Guide and ReferenceIBM Ported Tools for z/OS: Perl for z/OS Feature User’s Guide and Reference
IBM Ported Tools for z/OS: Perl for z/OS Feature User’s Guide and Reference
IBM India Smarter Computing
 
Dell 3-2-1 Reference Configurations: Configuration, management, and upgrade g...
Dell 3-2-1 Reference Configurations: Configuration, management, and upgrade g...Dell 3-2-1 Reference Configurations: Configuration, management, and upgrade g...
Dell 3-2-1 Reference Configurations: Configuration, management, and upgrade g...
Principled Technologies
 
BOOK - IBM Z vse using db2 on linux for system z
BOOK - IBM Z vse using db2 on linux for system zBOOK - IBM Z vse using db2 on linux for system z
BOOK - IBM Z vse using db2 on linux for system z
Satya Harish
 
Ispim installing pdf
Ispim installing pdfIspim installing pdf
Ispim installing pdf
ssusere18cdd1
 
Db2 v9 messages and codes z os
Db2 v9 messages and codes z osDb2 v9 messages and codes z os
Db2 v9 messages and codes z os
Leo Goicochea
 
Ad

More from bupbechanhgmail (17)

Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows x query reference
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   x query referenceIbm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   x query reference
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows x query reference
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing rdf applications for i...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing rdf applications for i...Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing rdf applications for i...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing rdf applications for i...
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows data movement utilities guide and...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   data movement utilities guide and...Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   data movement utilities guide and...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows data movement utilities guide and...
bupbechanhgmail
 
Reliability and performance with ibm db2 analytics accelerator
Reliability and performance with ibm db2 analytics acceleratorReliability and performance with ibm db2 analytics accelerator
Reliability and performance with ibm db2 analytics accelerator
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 analytics accelerator high availability and disaster recovery
Ibm db2 analytics accelerator  high availability and disaster recoveryIbm db2 analytics accelerator  high availability and disaster recovery
Ibm db2 analytics accelerator high availability and disaster recovery
bupbechanhgmail
 
Db2 virtualization
Db2 virtualizationDb2 virtualization
Db2 virtualization
bupbechanhgmail
 
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy servicesDb2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c data masking and subsetting guide
Oracle database 12c data masking and subsetting guideOracle database 12c data masking and subsetting guide
Oracle database 12c data masking and subsetting guide
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client release notes 2
Oracle database 12c client release notes 2Oracle database 12c client release notes 2
Oracle database 12c client release notes 2
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client release notes
Oracle database 12c client release notesOracle database 12c client release notes
Oracle database 12c client release notes
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 8
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 8Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 8
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 8
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 7
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 7Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 7
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 7
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 6
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 6Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 6
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 6
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 5
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 5Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 5
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 5
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 4
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 4Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 4
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 4
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 3
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 3Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 3
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 3
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 2
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 2Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 2
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 2
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows x query reference
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   x query referenceIbm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   x query reference
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows x query reference
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing rdf applications for i...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing rdf applications for i...Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   developing rdf applications for i...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows developing rdf applications for i...
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows data movement utilities guide and...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   data movement utilities guide and...Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows   data movement utilities guide and...
Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows data movement utilities guide and...
bupbechanhgmail
 
Reliability and performance with ibm db2 analytics accelerator
Reliability and performance with ibm db2 analytics acceleratorReliability and performance with ibm db2 analytics accelerator
Reliability and performance with ibm db2 analytics accelerator
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm db2 analytics accelerator high availability and disaster recovery
Ibm db2 analytics accelerator  high availability and disaster recoveryIbm db2 analytics accelerator  high availability and disaster recovery
Ibm db2 analytics accelerator high availability and disaster recovery
bupbechanhgmail
 
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy servicesDb2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c data masking and subsetting guide
Oracle database 12c data masking and subsetting guideOracle database 12c data masking and subsetting guide
Oracle database 12c data masking and subsetting guide
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client release notes 2
Oracle database 12c client release notes 2Oracle database 12c client release notes 2
Oracle database 12c client release notes 2
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client release notes
Oracle database 12c client release notesOracle database 12c client release notes
Oracle database 12c client release notes
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 8
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 8Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 8
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 8
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 7
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 7Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 7
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 7
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 6
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 6Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 6
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 6
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 5
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 5Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 5
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 5
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 4
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 4Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 4
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 4
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 3
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 3Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 3
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 3
bupbechanhgmail
 
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 2
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 2Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 2
Oracle database 12c client quick installation guide 2
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

Respiratory System , Urinary System
Respiratory  System , Urinary SystemRespiratory  System , Urinary System
Respiratory System , Urinary System
RushiMandali
 
Nice Dream.pdf /
Nice Dream.pdf                              /Nice Dream.pdf                              /
Nice Dream.pdf /
ErinUsher3
 
Capitol Doctoral Presentation -June 2025.pptx
Capitol Doctoral Presentation -June 2025.pptxCapitol Doctoral Presentation -June 2025.pptx
Capitol Doctoral Presentation -June 2025.pptx
CapitolTechU
 
How to Create a Rainbow Man Effect in Odoo 18
How to Create a Rainbow Man Effect in Odoo 18How to Create a Rainbow Man Effect in Odoo 18
How to Create a Rainbow Man Effect in Odoo 18
Celine George
 
Hemiptera & Neuroptera: Insect Diversity.pptx
Hemiptera & Neuroptera: Insect Diversity.pptxHemiptera & Neuroptera: Insect Diversity.pptx
Hemiptera & Neuroptera: Insect Diversity.pptx
Arshad Shaikh
 
What are the benefits that dance brings?
What are the benefits that dance brings?What are the benefits that dance brings?
What are the benefits that dance brings?
memi27
 
Rai dyansty Chach or Brahamn dynasty, History of Dahir History of Sindh NEP.pptx
Rai dyansty Chach or Brahamn dynasty, History of Dahir History of Sindh NEP.pptxRai dyansty Chach or Brahamn dynasty, History of Dahir History of Sindh NEP.pptx
Rai dyansty Chach or Brahamn dynasty, History of Dahir History of Sindh NEP.pptx
Dr. Ravi Shankar Arya Mahila P. G. College, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, India.
 
How to Configure Vendor Management in Lunch App of Odoo 18
How to Configure Vendor Management in Lunch App of Odoo 18How to Configure Vendor Management in Lunch App of Odoo 18
How to Configure Vendor Management in Lunch App of Odoo 18
Celine George
 
Parenting Teens: Supporting Trust, resilience and independence
Parenting Teens: Supporting Trust, resilience and independenceParenting Teens: Supporting Trust, resilience and independence
Parenting Teens: Supporting Trust, resilience and independence
Pooky Knightsmith
 
Allomorps and word formation.pptx - Google Slides.pdf
Allomorps and word formation.pptx - Google Slides.pdfAllomorps and word formation.pptx - Google Slides.pdf
Allomorps and word formation.pptx - Google Slides.pdf
Abha Pandey
 
Analysis of Quantitative Data Parametric and non-parametric tests.pptx
Analysis of Quantitative Data Parametric and non-parametric tests.pptxAnalysis of Quantitative Data Parametric and non-parametric tests.pptx
Analysis of Quantitative Data Parametric and non-parametric tests.pptx
Shrutidhara2
 
FEBA Sofia Univercity final diplian v3 GSDG 5.2025.pdf
FEBA Sofia Univercity final diplian v3 GSDG 5.2025.pdfFEBA Sofia Univercity final diplian v3 GSDG 5.2025.pdf
FEBA Sofia Univercity final diplian v3 GSDG 5.2025.pdf
ChristinaFortunova
 
How to Manage Upselling of Subscriptions in Odoo 18
How to Manage Upselling of Subscriptions in Odoo 18How to Manage Upselling of Subscriptions in Odoo 18
How to Manage Upselling of Subscriptions in Odoo 18
Celine George
 
Energy Balances Of Oecd Countries 2011 Iea Statistics 1st Edition Oecd
Energy Balances Of Oecd Countries 2011 Iea Statistics 1st Edition OecdEnergy Balances Of Oecd Countries 2011 Iea Statistics 1st Edition Oecd
Energy Balances Of Oecd Countries 2011 Iea Statistics 1st Edition Oecd
razelitouali
 
How to Manage & Create a New Department in Odoo 18 Employee
How to Manage & Create a New Department in Odoo 18 EmployeeHow to Manage & Create a New Department in Odoo 18 Employee
How to Manage & Create a New Department in Odoo 18 Employee
Celine George
 
Different pricelists for different shops in odoo Point of Sale in Odoo 17
Different pricelists for different shops in odoo Point of Sale in Odoo 17Different pricelists for different shops in odoo Point of Sale in Odoo 17
Different pricelists for different shops in odoo Point of Sale in Odoo 17
Celine George
 
Rose Cultivation Practices by Kushal Lamichhane.pdf
Rose Cultivation Practices by Kushal Lamichhane.pdfRose Cultivation Practices by Kushal Lamichhane.pdf
Rose Cultivation Practices by Kushal Lamichhane.pdf
kushallamichhame
 
Module 4 Presentation - Enhancing Competencies and Engagement Strategies in Y...
Module 4 Presentation - Enhancing Competencies and Engagement Strategies in Y...Module 4 Presentation - Enhancing Competencies and Engagement Strategies in Y...
Module 4 Presentation - Enhancing Competencies and Engagement Strategies in Y...
GeorgeDiamandis11
 
Adam Grant: Transforming Work Culture Through Organizational Psychology
Adam Grant: Transforming Work Culture Through Organizational PsychologyAdam Grant: Transforming Work Culture Through Organizational Psychology
Adam Grant: Transforming Work Culture Through Organizational Psychology
Prachi Shah
 
THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATION included definition, characteristics, nurse patient...
THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATION included definition, characteristics, nurse patient...THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATION included definition, characteristics, nurse patient...
THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATION included definition, characteristics, nurse patient...
parmarjuli1412
 
Respiratory System , Urinary System
Respiratory  System , Urinary SystemRespiratory  System , Urinary System
Respiratory System , Urinary System
RushiMandali
 
Nice Dream.pdf /
Nice Dream.pdf                              /Nice Dream.pdf                              /
Nice Dream.pdf /
ErinUsher3
 
Capitol Doctoral Presentation -June 2025.pptx
Capitol Doctoral Presentation -June 2025.pptxCapitol Doctoral Presentation -June 2025.pptx
Capitol Doctoral Presentation -June 2025.pptx
CapitolTechU
 
How to Create a Rainbow Man Effect in Odoo 18
How to Create a Rainbow Man Effect in Odoo 18How to Create a Rainbow Man Effect in Odoo 18
How to Create a Rainbow Man Effect in Odoo 18
Celine George
 
Hemiptera & Neuroptera: Insect Diversity.pptx
Hemiptera & Neuroptera: Insect Diversity.pptxHemiptera & Neuroptera: Insect Diversity.pptx
Hemiptera & Neuroptera: Insect Diversity.pptx
Arshad Shaikh
 
What are the benefits that dance brings?
What are the benefits that dance brings?What are the benefits that dance brings?
What are the benefits that dance brings?
memi27
 
How to Configure Vendor Management in Lunch App of Odoo 18
How to Configure Vendor Management in Lunch App of Odoo 18How to Configure Vendor Management in Lunch App of Odoo 18
How to Configure Vendor Management in Lunch App of Odoo 18
Celine George
 
Parenting Teens: Supporting Trust, resilience and independence
Parenting Teens: Supporting Trust, resilience and independenceParenting Teens: Supporting Trust, resilience and independence
Parenting Teens: Supporting Trust, resilience and independence
Pooky Knightsmith
 
Allomorps and word formation.pptx - Google Slides.pdf
Allomorps and word formation.pptx - Google Slides.pdfAllomorps and word formation.pptx - Google Slides.pdf
Allomorps and word formation.pptx - Google Slides.pdf
Abha Pandey
 
Analysis of Quantitative Data Parametric and non-parametric tests.pptx
Analysis of Quantitative Data Parametric and non-parametric tests.pptxAnalysis of Quantitative Data Parametric and non-parametric tests.pptx
Analysis of Quantitative Data Parametric and non-parametric tests.pptx
Shrutidhara2
 
FEBA Sofia Univercity final diplian v3 GSDG 5.2025.pdf
FEBA Sofia Univercity final diplian v3 GSDG 5.2025.pdfFEBA Sofia Univercity final diplian v3 GSDG 5.2025.pdf
FEBA Sofia Univercity final diplian v3 GSDG 5.2025.pdf
ChristinaFortunova
 
How to Manage Upselling of Subscriptions in Odoo 18
How to Manage Upselling of Subscriptions in Odoo 18How to Manage Upselling of Subscriptions in Odoo 18
How to Manage Upselling of Subscriptions in Odoo 18
Celine George
 
Energy Balances Of Oecd Countries 2011 Iea Statistics 1st Edition Oecd
Energy Balances Of Oecd Countries 2011 Iea Statistics 1st Edition OecdEnergy Balances Of Oecd Countries 2011 Iea Statistics 1st Edition Oecd
Energy Balances Of Oecd Countries 2011 Iea Statistics 1st Edition Oecd
razelitouali
 
How to Manage & Create a New Department in Odoo 18 Employee
How to Manage & Create a New Department in Odoo 18 EmployeeHow to Manage & Create a New Department in Odoo 18 Employee
How to Manage & Create a New Department in Odoo 18 Employee
Celine George
 
Different pricelists for different shops in odoo Point of Sale in Odoo 17
Different pricelists for different shops in odoo Point of Sale in Odoo 17Different pricelists for different shops in odoo Point of Sale in Odoo 17
Different pricelists for different shops in odoo Point of Sale in Odoo 17
Celine George
 
Rose Cultivation Practices by Kushal Lamichhane.pdf
Rose Cultivation Practices by Kushal Lamichhane.pdfRose Cultivation Practices by Kushal Lamichhane.pdf
Rose Cultivation Practices by Kushal Lamichhane.pdf
kushallamichhame
 
Module 4 Presentation - Enhancing Competencies and Engagement Strategies in Y...
Module 4 Presentation - Enhancing Competencies and Engagement Strategies in Y...Module 4 Presentation - Enhancing Competencies and Engagement Strategies in Y...
Module 4 Presentation - Enhancing Competencies and Engagement Strategies in Y...
GeorgeDiamandis11
 
Adam Grant: Transforming Work Culture Through Organizational Psychology
Adam Grant: Transforming Work Culture Through Organizational PsychologyAdam Grant: Transforming Work Culture Through Organizational Psychology
Adam Grant: Transforming Work Culture Through Organizational Psychology
Prachi Shah
 
THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATION included definition, characteristics, nurse patient...
THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATION included definition, characteristics, nurse patient...THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATION included definition, characteristics, nurse patient...
THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATION included definition, characteristics, nurse patient...
parmarjuli1412
 

Ibm db2 10.5 for linux, unix, and windows db2 connect installing and configuring db2 connect servers

  • 1. IBM DB2 Connect 10.5 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers SC27-5517-00
  • 3. IBM DB2 Connect 10.5 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers SC27-5517-00
  • 4. Note Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information under Appendix B, “Notices,” on page 107. Edition Notice This document contains proprietary information of IBM. It is provided under a license agreement and is protected by copyright law. The information contained in this publication does not include any product warranties, and any statements provided in this manual should not be interpreted as such. You can order IBM publications online or through your local IBM representative. v To order publications online, go to the IBM Publications Center at http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/ order v To find your local IBM representative, go to the IBM Directory of Worldwide Contacts at http://www.ibm.com/ planetwide/ To order DB2 publications from DB2 Marketing and Sales in the United States or Canada, call 1-800-IBM-4YOU (426-4968). When you send information to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute the information in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. © Copyright IBM Corporation 1993, 2013. US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
  • 5. Contents About this book . . . . . . . . . . . v Part 1. About this book . . . . . . . 1 Part 2. Introduction to DB2 Connect 3 Chapter 1. About DB2 Connect . . . . . 5 DB2 Connect product offerings . . . . . . . . 5 System i and mainframe support for DB2 Connect. . 5 Chapter 2. Common DB2 Connect scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Access DB2 data from remote clients . . . . . . 7 Accessing DB2 host data from the web using Java . . 7 Accessing IBM mainframe DB2 data using DB2 Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Understanding the Administration Server . . . . 10 Part 3. Migrating DB2 Connect . . . 13 Chapter 3. Upgrading to the latest version of DB2 Connect . . . . . . . 15 Upgrade essentials for DB2 Connect . . . . . . 16 Pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers . . . . 17 Upgrading DB2 Connect servers . . . . . . . 18 Post-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers . . . 20 Part 4. Preinstallation tasks . . . . 23 Chapter 4. Java software support for DB2 Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Chapter 5. Kernel parameters (Linux and UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect (HP-UX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Recommended kernel configuration parameters for DB2 Connect (HP-UX) . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect (Linux) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect (Solaris) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Part 5. Installation and configuration tasks . . . . . . . . 33 Chapter 6. DB2 Connect server products: installation and configuration overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Chapter 7. DB2 Connect disk and memory requirements . . . . . . . . 37 Chapter 8. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (AIX) . . . . . . . . . 39 Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (AIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Mounting CDs or DVDs (AIX) . . . . . . . . 43 Chapter 9. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (HP-UX) . . . . . . . 45 Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (HP-UX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Mounting CDs or DVDs for DB2 Connect (HP-UX) 48 Chapter 10. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (Linux) . . . . . . . . 49 Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (Linux). . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Preparing to install DB2 Connect for Linux on zSeries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Mounting the CD or DVD for DB2 Connect (Linux) 52 Chapter 11. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (Solaris) . . . . . . . 53 Installation requirements for DB2 Connect products (Solaris) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Mounting CDs or DVDs for DB2 Connect (Solaris) 56 Chapter 12. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (Windows) . . . . . . 57 Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Required user accounts for installation of DB2 Connect products (Windows) . . . . . . . . 59 Extending the Active Directory Schema for LDAP directory services (Windows) . . . . . . . . 62 Non-Administrator installation of DB2 Connect (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Adding your user ID to the DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS user groups (Windows) . . . . . . 64 Part 6. Postinstallation tasks . . . . 65 Chapter 13. License key activation. . . 67 Registering a DB2 Connect license key using the db2licm command . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 iii
  • 6. Setting the DB2 Connect license policy using the db2licm command . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Chapter 14. Applying fix packs to DB2 Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Part 7. Preparing communications and access to host and iSeries databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Chapter 15. Preparing IBM DB2 for IBM i for connections from DB2 Connect . . 75 Chapter 16. Preparing DB2 for z/OS for connections from DB2 Connect . . . . 77 Host databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Configuring TCP/IP for DB2 for z/OS . . . . . 78 Configuring DB2 for z/OS . . . . . . . . . 80 Chapter 17. Preparing DB2 for VSE & VM for connections from DB2 Connect . 81 Chapter 18. Configuring connections to mainframe and midrange servers . . . 83 Configuring connections to IBM mainframe database servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Part 8. Reference . . . . . . . . . 85 Chapter 19. Configuring access to IBM mainframe databases . . . . . . . . 87 Chapter 20. Supported DB2 Connect interface languages . . . . . . . . . 89 Displaying the DB2 Setup wizard in your national language (Linux and UNIX) . . . . . . . . . 89 Language identifiers for running the DB2 Setup wizard in another language . . . . . . . . . 89 Changing the DB2 Connect product interface language (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Changing the DB2 Connect interface language (Linux and UNIX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Conversion of character data . . . . . . . . 92 Chapter 21. Developing database applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Binding database utilities on DB2 Connect . . . . 95 Running your own applications . . . . . . . 96 Chapter 22. Uninstalling DB2 Connect 97 Uninstalling DB2 Connect (Windows) . . . . . 97 Uninstalling DB2 Connect (Linux and UNIX) . . . 98 Part 9. Appendixes. . . . . . . . . 99 Appendix A. Overview of the DB2 technical information . . . . . . . . 101 DB2 technical library in hardcopy or PDF format 101 Displaying SQL state help from the command line processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Accessing different versions of the DB2 Information Center . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Terms and conditions. . . . . . . . . . . 104 Appendix B. Notices . . . . . . . . 107 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 iv DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 7. About this book The Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect servers provides all the information you need to prepare for and then install the DB2 Connect™ servers product. Information specific to each supported operating system is included. The relationship between DB2 Connect servers and the supported database server products is presented including how to configure connections. Who should use this book? System administrators, database administrators, communications specialists, and software product installers would all be interested in part or all of this book. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 v
  • 8. vi DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 9. Part 1. About this book The Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect servers provides all the information you need to prepare for and then install the DB2 Connect servers product. Information specific to each supported operating system is included. The relationship between DB2 Connect servers and the supported database server products is presented including how to configure connections. Who should use this book? System administrators, database administrators, communications specialists, and software product installers would all be interested in part or all of this book. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 1
  • 10. 2 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 11. Part 2. Introduction to DB2 Connect © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 3
  • 12. 4 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 13. Chapter 1. About DB2 Connect DB2 Connect provides connectivity to mainframe and midrange databases from Linux, UNIX, and Windows operating systems. You can connect to DB2® databases on z/OS® , IBM® i and IBM Power Systems™ , VSE, and VM. You can also connect to non-IBM databases that comply with the Distributed Relational Database Architecture™ (DRDA® ). DB2 Connect product offerings DB2 Connect has several connection solutions, including DB2 Connect Personal Edition, and a number of DB2 Connect server products. v DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition v DB2 Connect Application Server Edition v DB2 Connect Unlimited Edition for System z® v DB2 Connect Unlimited Edition for System i® For detailed information about DB2 Connect product offerings, see www.ibm.com/software/data/db2/db2connect/ System i and mainframe support for DB2 Connect Before you access DB2 data on System z or System i data servers by using DB2 Connect products, ensure that the data server meets requirements. DB2 Connect supports connectivity to the following mainframe and System i servers: Table 1. Supported mainframe and IBM i data servers Version Recommended maintenance levels DB2 for z/OS Version 8, Version 9, and Version 10.1. See website for IBM z/OS Consolidated Service Test and the RSU (. http://www.ibm.com/ servers/eserver/zseries/zos/servicetst/)). In general, install the most recent Recommended Service Upgrade (RSU) to avoid encountering problems that are caused by software defects that IBM has corrected. DB2 for i (formerly known as DB2 Universal Database for i5/OS™ ) V5R4 II13348 (Informational APAR) PTFs: MF53402 and MF53403 See website for System i Preventative Service Planning (. http://www.ibm.com/servers/ eserver/zseries/zos/servicetst/). DB2 for i V6R1 PTFs: SI30564, SI30588, SI30611, SI30620, SI30621, SI30622, SI30825, SI30827, SI30920, SI30921, SI31019, SI31101, SI31125, SI31238, and SI31480. See website for System i Preventative Service Planning (. http://www-912.ibm.com/s_dir/ sline003.NSF/GroupPTFs?OpenView&view=GroupPTFs) © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 5
  • 14. Table 1. Supported mainframe and IBM i data servers (continued) Version Recommended maintenance levels DB2 for i V7R1 PTFs: SI43890, SI43864, SI43863, SI43817, SI43807, SI43806, SI43805, SI43804, SI43803, SI43802, SI43801, SI43768, SI43757, SI43721, SI43658, SI43651, SI43577, SI43550, SI43544, SI43539, SI43532, SI43476, SI43466, SI43446, SI43386, SI43373, SI43111, SI43017, SI43016, SI42986, SI42954, SI42947, SI42928, SI42927, SI42906, SI42872, SI42783, SI42775, SI42769, SI42768, SI42745, SI42716, SI42700, SI42504, and SI42492. See website for System i Preventative Service Planning (. http://www-912.ibm.com/s_dir/ sline003.NSF/GroupPTFs?OpenView&view=GroupPTFs). Important: Use DB2 Connect V9.7 Fix Pack 4 or later to connect to DB2 for i V7R1. DB2 Server for VM and VSE Version 7 and later See website for DB2 Server for VSE & VM ( http://www.ibm.com/software/data/db2/vse- vm/). 6 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 15. Chapter 2. Common DB2 Connect scenarios Common ways in which DB2 Connect is used to create working database environments and common ways of completing primary tasks involving DB2 Connect are presented. The scenarios include environments and tasks such as: direct connection between DB2 Connect and IBM mainframe database server; using the Configuration Assistant to manage connections to databases; and IBM data server client support for database application development. Access DB2 data from remote clients The IBM data server client provides a runtime environment that enables client applications to access one or more remote databases. With the IBM data server client, you can remotely administer DB2 or DB2 Connect servers. All applications must access a database through the IBM data server client. A Java™ applet can access a remote database through a Java-enabled browser. DB2 Connect client using the IBM data client is supported on Linux, UNIX, and Windows operating systems. Accessing DB2 host data from the web using Java DB2 Connect products include the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ to allow you to create applications that access data in DB2 databases from the Web. Programming languages containing embedded SQL are called host languages. Java differs from the traditional host languages C, COBOL, and FORTRAN, in ways that significantly affect how it embeds SQL: v SQLJ and JDBC are open standards, enabling you to easily port SQLJ or JDBC applications from other standards-compliant database systems to the DB2 database. v All Java types representing composite data, and data of varying sizes, have a distinguished value, null, which can be used to represent the SQL NULL state, giving Java programs an alternative to NULL indicators that are a fixture of other host languages. v Java is designed to support programs that, by nature, are heterogeneously portable (also called "super portable" or simply "downloadable"). Along with Java's type system of classes and interfaces, this feature enables component software. In particular, an SQLJ translator written in Java can call components that are specialized by database vendors in order to leverage existing database functions such as authorization, schema checking, type checking, transactional, and recovery capabilities, and to generate code optimized for specific databases. v Java is designed for binary portability in heterogeneous networks, which promises to enable binary portability for database applications that use static SQL. v You can run JDBC applets inside a web page on any system with a Java-enabled browser, regardless of the platform of your client. Your client system requires no additional software beyond this browser. The client and the server share the processing of JDBC and SQLJ applets and applications. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 7
  • 16. JDBC and SQLJ applications can be run from any system that has a IBM data server client installed; a Web browser and a Web server are not required. For more information about the JDBC API, see the http://java.sun.com/products/ jdbc/ web page. Accessing IBM mainframe DB2 data using DB2 Connect A DB2 Connect client or Server enables a IBM data server client on a LAN access to data that is stored on IBM mainframe systems. In organizations with large amounts of data, IBM DB2 for IBM i, DB2 for z/OS, or DB2 Server for VM and VSE are commonly used to manage that data. Applications that run on any of the supported platforms can work with this data transparently, as if a local database server managed it. A DB2 Connect client or Server is required for supporting applications which access IBM mainframe data and exploit transaction monitors as well as applications that are implemented as Java applets. In addition, you can use a wide range of off-the-shelf or custom-developed database applications with DB2 Connect and its associated tools. For example, you can use DB2 Connect products with: DB2 Connect server JDBC driver Web Server Application1 Application2 Applicationn Java-enabled Web Browser DB2 for VSE DB2 for VM DB2 for z/OS System z DB2 for IBM i Power Systems Servers TCP/IP Figure 1. JDBC and DB2 Connect 8 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 17. v Spreadsheets, such as Microsoft Excel and Lotus® 1-2-3® , to analyze real-time data without having the cost and complexity of data extract and import procedures. v Decision support tools, such as BusinessObjects, Brio and Impromptu® , and Crystal Reports, to provide real-time information. v Database products, such as Lotus Approach® and Microsoft Access. v Development tools, such as PowerSoft PowerBuilder, Microsoft Visual Basic, and Borland Delphi, to create client/server solutions. A DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, is most appropriate for the following environments: v Federation. v Transaction monitors, such as BEA Tuxedo and BEA Weblogic. (See Figure 2 on page 10.) DB2 Connect provides transparent access to IBM mainframe data through a standard architecture for managing distributed data. This standard is known as Distributed Relational Database Architecture (DRDA). DRDA allows your applications to establish a fast connection to IBM mainframe databases without expensive IBM mainframe components or proprietary gateways. Although DB2 Connect is often installed on an intermediate server machine, it is recommended to connect an IBM data server client to an IBM mainframe database directly by installing the appropriate DB2 Client such as one of the IBM data server client or driver. For more information about the DB2 Connect client, see the topic about IBM data server client types. DB2 Connect can also be installed on a Web server, Transaction Processor (TP) monitor, or other 3-tier application server machines with multiple local SQL application processes and threads. In these cases, you can choose to install DB2 Connect on the same machine for simplicity, or on a separate machine to off-load CPU cycles. A DB2 Connect server enables multiple clients to connect to IBM mainframe data and can significantly reduce the effort that is required to establish and maintain access to enterprise data. To connect to an IBM mainframe database server you require a licensed DB2 Connect product. You cannot connect directly to an IBM mainframe Data Server using a IBM data server client. Chapter 2. Common DB2 Connect scenarios 9
  • 18. Understanding the Administration Server The DB2 Administration Server (DAS) responds to requests from the DB2 Administration Tools. The DB2 Administration Tools, for example, allow you to start, stop, and set database manager configuration parameters for servers. The Administration Server helps users to catalog databases on a client. The DAS is available on all supported Linux, Windows, and UNIX operating systems as well as the System z (z/OS only) operating systems. An Administration Server must reside on each server that you want to administer and detect. The Administration Server is automatically created and started for you. The setup program creates the Administration Server on the instance-owning machine and automatically starts it at boot time. By default the DAS instance is DB2AS, which is the default user ID that is created using the DB2 Setup wizard. DB2 for VSE DB2 for VM DB2 for z/OS System z DB2 for IBM i Power Systems Servers DB2 Connect Server TP Monitor (eg. Encina, Tuxedo and Weblogic) Application Business Logic Application1 Application2 Applicationn TP Monitor Client TCP/IP Figure 2. Transaction monitors working with DB2 Connect. 10 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 19. Important: The DB2 Administration Server (DAS) has been deprecated in Version 9.7 and might be removed in a future release. The DAS is not supported in DB2 pureScale® environments. Use software programs that use the Secure Shell protocol for remote administration. For more information, see “ DB2 administration server (DAS) has been deprecated” at . Chapter 2. Common DB2 Connect scenarios 11
  • 20. 12 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 21. Part 3. Migrating DB2 Connect © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 13
  • 22. 14 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 23. Chapter 3. Upgrading to the latest version of DB2 Connect Upgrading to a new version or release of DB2 Connect might require upgrading your environment components if you want them to run on the new release. These components are DB2 Connect servers, DB2 servers, DB2 clients, and database applications. For example, if you have an existing environment using an earlier version or release of DB2 Connect and you want to install the latest version or release of DB2 Connect, then you can upgrade your DB2 Connect server and you might need to upgrade other components in your environment. DB2 Connect servers supports the upgrading of DB2 Connect instances, and any existing transaction manager and DB2 Connect federated databases created on previous versions of DB2 Connect servers. The upgrade process consists of all the tasks that you need to perform to have your environment running successfully on a new release. The upgrading of each of the components in your environment to the latest version or release of DB2 Connect requires that you perform different tasks: v “Upgrading DB2 Connect servers” on page 18 involves upgrading your existing instances, any existing DB2 Connect federated databases, and any existing transaction manager databases so that they can run in the latest version or release of DB2 Connect. v Upgrading IBM Data Server client packages involves upgrading your client instances to keep the configuration of your existing IBM Data Server client packages.Refer to the “Clients upgrade” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5. v Upgrading database applications involves testing them in the latest version or release of DB2 Connect and modifying them only when you need to support changes available in the latest version or release of DB2 Connect. Review changes in existing functionality and discontinued and deprecated functionality for DB2 Connect in “DB2(r) enhancements and changes that affect DB2 Connect(tm)” in What's New for DB2 Version 10.5 to determine the changes that could impact your database applications. If your database applications connect to DB2 servers, you might need to upgrade your database applications. Refer to the “Database applications and routines upgrade” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5. v Consideration toward DB2 Connect client, instead of DB2 Connect server, to receive equivalent or superior function. You can reduce complexity, improve performance, and deploy application solutions with smaller footprints. For details, see the topic about client/server connection options. The best approach to upgrading is to write an upgrade plan. A strategy defines how to approach the upgrading of your environment and gives you the outline for your upgrade plan. The characteristics of your environment and the information in upgrade essentials, especially the upgrade recommendations and restrictions, can help you determine your strategy. An upgrade plan should include the following upgrade details for each component: v Upgrade prerequisites that indicate all the requirements that you need to meet before upgrading. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 15
  • 24. v Pre-upgrade tasks which describe all the preparation tasks that you need to perform before upgrading. v Upgrade tasks which describe step by step the basic upgrade process for a component and how to upgrade environments with special characteristics. v Post-upgrade tasks which describe all the tasks that you need perform after upgrading to have your DB2 server running at the optimum level. v Review the need to opt for DB2 Connect client, instead of DB2 Connect server, to receive equivalent or superior function. You will find that pre-upgrade tasks, upgrading tasks, and post-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers reference pre-upgrade tasks, upgrading tasks, and post-upgrade tasks for DB2 servers because they are exactly the same tasks. Upgrade essentials for DB2 Connect If you are upgrading your clients to the latest version or release of DB2 Connect, you need to consider the changes in support and resolve them before you upgrade. Upgrade essentials for DB2 servers and clients also apply to DB2 Connect servers Upgrade support and restrictions for DB2 servers and clients also apply when you upgrade your DB2 Connect server. v Review upgrade essentials for DB2 servers to determine additional changes that impact your upgrade and how to address any issues. Refer to the “Upgrade essentials for DB2 Servers” topic in Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 . v Review upgrade essentials for clients, especially connectivity support between clients and DB2 servers. Connections to the latest version or release of DB2 Connect servers from a client release two or more versions earlier are not supported.Refer to the “Upgrade essentials for clients” topic in Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 . v Review the need to opt for DB2 Connect client, instead of DB2 Connect server, to receive equivalent or superior function. You can reduce complexity, improve performance, and deploy application solutions with smaller footprints. For details, see the topic about client/server connection options. Upgrade recommendations for DB2 Connect The last two versions of the clients can connect to the latest version or release of DB2 Connect servers. The only restriction is that new features are not available to the clients from the previous versions and releases. However, it is not likely that you need access to these new features because your existing applications do not use them. If you choose to upgrade your clients first, you need to be aware that there are known limitations about the support for connectivity from a current version or release of the client to DB2 Connect servers from two versions ago. Check the current version or release of the incompatibilities with previous releases, see if these limitations apply to your application in order to take necessary actions. Perform the pre- and post-upgrade tasks to ensure a successful upgrade. 16 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 25. Pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers To successfully upgrade your DB2 Connect servers, preparation is required to address any issues that may exist. Procedure Perform the following pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 servers that also apply to DB2 Connect servers: 1. Review the “Upgrade essentials for DB2 Connect” on page 16 to identify the changes or restrictions that can affect your upgrade and learn how to address any issues before upgrading. 2. If the modification level of your product is higher than 10, install DB2 for z/OS APAR PM35785 on your z/OS system before upgrading to a new release or fix pack of DB2 Connect. 3. Refer to the “Backing up DB2 server configuration and diagnostic information” topic in Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 to have a record of your current configuration that you can compare with the configuration after the upgrade. You can also use this information to create new instances or databases using the same configuration that you had before upgrading. 4. Optional: If you enabled the Syncpoint Manager (SPM) functionality on your DB2 Connect server, ensure that the DRDA sync point managers do not contain any indoubt transactions by using the LIST DRDA INDOUBT TRANSACTIONS command to get a list of indoubt transactions and to interactively resolve any indoubt transactions. 5. Optional: If you have transaction manager databases, perform the following pre-upgrade tasks to prepare your databases for upgrading: a. Ensure that the database to be upgraded does not contain any indoubt transactions by using the LIST INDOUBT TRANSACTIONS command to get a list of indoubt transactions and to interactively resolve any indoubt transactions. b. Refer to the “Verify that your databases are ready for upgrading” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 to identify and resolve any problems before the actual upgrade. c. Refer to the “Backing up databases before upgrading” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 to be able to upgrade them to a new upgraded system or restore them in the original pre-upgrade system. d. Review the “disk space requirements” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 to ensure that you have enough free disk space, temporary table space and log space for database upgrading and increase table space and log file sizes if necessary. e. Linux only: Review the “Changing raw devices to block devices (Linux)” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 . 6. Optional: If you have DB2 Connect federated databases, refer to the “Preparing to migrate to federated systems” topic in the IBM WebSphere Information Integration: Migrating to Federation Version 9 for details on pre-upgrade tasks for these databases. 7. Windows only: If you obtained customized code page conversion tables from the DB2 support service, you need to backup all of the files in the DB2OLDconv directory where DB2OLD is the location of your existing DB2 Connect copy. Upgrading your current version or release of DB2 Connect copy Chapter 3. Upgrading to DB2 Connect Version 10.5 17
  • 26. removes these tables because standard code page tables are contained in a new version or release DB2 Connect library. You do not need to backup standard code page conversion tables. 8. Optional: Upgrade your DB2 Connect server in a test environment to identify upgrade issues and to verify that database applications and routines work as expected before upgrading your production environment. 9. If the diaglevel database manager configuration parameter is set to 2 or less, set it to 3 or higher before upgrading. Refer to the “Setting the diagnostic log file error capture level” topic in the Troubleshooting and Tuning Database Performance to set this database manager configuration parameter. In the latest version or release of DB2 Connect, all significant upgrade events are logged in the db2diag log files when the diaglevel database manager configuration parameter is set to 3 (default value) or higher. 10. Take the DB2 Connect server offline for upgrading. For details, refer to the “Taking a DB2 server offline before upgrading” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5. Upgrading DB2 Connect servers DB2 Connect Version 10.5 servers support the upgrade of DB2 Connect instances, and any existing transaction manager and DB2 Connect federated databases created on DB2 Connect Version 9.7 and Version 9.5 servers. Before you begin Before upgrading to DB2 Connect Version 10.5: v Ensure that you have the proper operating system access: – Root user authority on UNIX – Local Administrator on Windows v Ensure that you have SYSADM authority. v Ensure that you meet the installation requirements for DB2 database products. Refer to the “Installation requirements for DB2 database products” topic in the Installing DB2 Servers . The requirements for Linux and UNIX operating systems have changed. v Review the upgrade recommendations. Refer to the “Best practices for upgrading DB2 Servers” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5. v Review the disk space requirements. Refer to the “Disk space requirements for DB2 Server upgrades” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5. v Perform the pre-upgrade tasks, especially backing up your databases. About this task Since DB2 Connect server products are host database connectivity servers, the only databases that can exist within a DB2 Connect server instance are transaction manager databases and DB2 Connect federated databases. The DB2 Connect transaction manager database stores transaction state information for DB2 coordinated transactions. The sole purpose of DB2 Connect federated databases is to contain information about data sources. On Linux and UNIX operating systems, you should manually upgrade your DB2 Connect instances after installing the latest version of DB2 Connect. All the remote nodes and databases that you cataloged on the DB2 clients refer to these instances. 18 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 27. If you create a new instance, again you will have to catalog nodes, DCS databases, and databases on the DB2 clients that existed in the instances from the previous version. On Windows operating systems, you have an option to automatically upgrade an existing, supported DB2 Connect copy during installation. Your DB2 Connect instances are automatically upgraded. Alternatively, you can install a new copy of the latest version of DB2 Connect and then manually upgrade your DB2 Connect instances. This procedure describes how to upgrade by installing a new copy of the latest version of DB2 Connect and then upgrade instances and any existing databases. To automatically upgrade an existing, supported DB2 Connect copy on Windows, refer to “Upgrading a DB2 server (Windows)”in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5. Restrictions v The bit size of the client instance is determined by the operating system where you install DB2 Connect. Refer to the “Support changes for 32-bit and 64-bit DB2 servers” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 for details. v Additional upgrade restrictions for DB2 servers also apply to DB2 Connect servers. Refer to the “Upgrade restrictions for DB2 servers” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 . Procedure To upgrade your DB2 Connect server Version 10.5: 1. Export your connectivity configuration information for your existing, supported DB2 Connect server to an export profile. Use the db2cfexp tool to create a configuration profile: db2cfexp cfg_profile backup This profile contains all of the instance configuration information, including the database manager configuration and registry profile because the option backup is specified. You can use this profile to re-create your connectivity configuration if necessary. 2. Install DB2 Connect by running the DB2 Setup wizard and selecting the option Install New on the Install a Product panel. Refer to Chapter 6, “DB2 Connect server products: installation and configuration overview,” on page 35. 3. Upgrade your DB2 Connect instances using the db2iupgrade command. Refer to the “Upgrading instances” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 . 4. Upgrade any existing transaction manager and DB2 Connect federated databases. You can also upgrade your databases by restoring a DB2 Connect backup from one of the two previous supported versions. Upgrade any existing transaction manager and DB2 Connect federated databases by referring to the “Upgrading databases” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5. What to do next After upgrading the DB2 Connect server, perform the recommended post-upgrade tasks such as resetting the diagnostic error level, adjusting log space size, and rebinding packages, and verifying that your upgrade was successful. Refer to “Post-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers” on page 20. Chapter 3. Upgrading to DB2 Connect Version 10.5 19
  • 28. Post-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers After upgrading your DB2 Connect servers, you should perform several post-upgrade tasks to ensure that your DB2 Connect servers perform as expected and run at their optimum level. Procedure Perform the following post-upgrade tasks for DB2 servers that also apply to DB2 Connect servers: 1. If you set the diaglevel database manager configuration parameter to 4 as recommended in the pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers, reset this parameter to the value set before the upgrade. 2. Manage changes in DB2 server behavior. Refer to the “Manage changes in DB2 server behavior” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 . There are new registry variables, new configuration parameters, and new default values for registry variables and configuration parameters introduced in latest version or release of DB2 database products that can impact the behavior of the DB2 database server. There are also changes in physical design characteristics of databases and changes to security that also have an impact. 3. If you obtained customized code page conversion tables from the DB2 support service for previous versions or releases, copy all of the files for those tables from the DB2OLD/conv to DB2DIR/conv, where DB2OLD is the location of your previous supported version of DB2 Connect copy and DB2DIR is the location of your new DB2 Connect copy. You do not need to copy standard code page conversion tables. If you upgraded your existing, supported DB2 Connect copy on Windows operating systems, you can restore the customized code page conversion tables that you backed up as part of the pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers to the DB2PATHconv directory, where DB2PATH is the location of your new DB2 Connect copy. 4. If you are connecting to a DB2 for z/OS server or a IBM DB2 for IBM i server where euro support is required, set the DB2CONNECT_ENABLE_EURO_CODEPAGE registry variable to YES on all DB2 Connect clients and servers so that the current application code page is mapped to the equivalent coded character set ID (CCSID) that explicitly indicates support for the euro sign. 5. Optional: If you upgraded any databases in your DB2 Connect server and changed the log space setting as recommended in the pre-upgrade tasks for DB2 Connect servers, adjust the log space size. Refer to the “Adjusting the log space size in migrated databases” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 . Ensure that the amount of log space that you allocate is adequate for your DB2 Connect server. 6. Optional: Back up your databases after the upgrade is complete. Refer to the “Backing up databases before upgrading” topic in the Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 . 7. Optional: If you have DB2 Connect federated databases, review the “Configuring federated systems after migration” topic in IBM WebSphere Information Integration: Migrating to Federation Version 9 to determine if you need to perform any tasks after you upgrade your federated databases. 8. Verify that your DB2 Connect server upgrade was successful. Test connections to all your cataloged databases. The following example shows how to test a connection from the Command Line Processor (CLP): db2 CONNECT TO DATABASE sample user mickey using mouse 20 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 29. You need to specify a user and password when connecting to a remote database. Ensure all connections are successful. Also, test your applications and tools to ensure that the DB2 Connect server is working as expected. What to do next At this point, you should resume all of your maintenance activities. You should also remove any previously supported versions or releases of DB2 Connect copies that you no longer need. Chapter 3. Upgrading to DB2 Connect Version 10.5 21
  • 30. 22 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 31. Part 4. Preinstallation tasks © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 23
  • 32. 24 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 33. Chapter 4. Java software support for DB2 Connect You require the appropriate level of IBM Software Development Kit (SDK) for Java to use Java-based tools and to create and run Java applications, including stored procedures and user-defined functions. If the IBM SDK for Java is required by a component being installed and the SDK for Java is not already installed in that path, the SDK for Java will be installed if you use either the DB2 Setup wizard or a response file to install the product. The SDK for Java is not installed with IBM Data Server Runtime Client or IBM Data Server Driver Package. The following table lists the installed SDK for Java levels for DB2 database products according to operating system platform: Operating System Platform SDK for Java level AIX® SDK 7 HP-UX for Itanium-based systems SDK 7 Linux on x86 SDK 7 Linux on AMD64/EM64T SDK 7 Linux on zSeries® SDK 7 Linux on POWER® SDK7 Sun SPARC x64 SDK 7 Sun Solaris x64 SDK 7 Windows x86 SDK 7 Windows x64 SDK 7 Note: 1. The SDK for Java software can be downloaded from the developerWorks® Web page at: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/java/jdk/index.html . For a list of the supported levels of the SDK for Java, see the table later in this section entitled DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows support for SDKs for Java. Note: For Windows operating system platforms, use the IBM Development Package for Eclipse downloads. 2. DB2 GUI tools only run on Linux on x86, Linux on AMD64/EM64T, Windows x86, and Windows x64. 3. On Windows x86 and Linux on x86: v the 32-bit SDK is installed v 32-bit applications and Java external routines are supported 4. On all supported platforms (except Windows x86, and Linux on x86): v 32-bit applications are supported v 32-bit Java external routines are not supported v 64-bit applications and Java external routines are supported © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 25
  • 34. Supported Java application development software The following table lists the supported levels of the SDK for Java. The listed levels and forward-compatible later versions of the same levels are supported. Because there are frequent SDK for Java fixes and updates, not all levels and versions have been tested. If your database application has problems that are related to the SDK for Java, try the next available version of your SDK for Java at the given level. Versions of SDK for Java, other than IBM SDK, are supported only for building and running stand-alone Java applications. For building and running new Java stored procedures and user-defined functions, only the IBM SDK for Java that is included with the DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows product is supported. For running Java stored procedures and user-defined functions that were built by prior DB2 releases, refer to Table 1, column "Java Stored Procedures and User Defined Functions" for details. Table 2. DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows supported levels of SDKs for Java Java applications using JDBC driver db2java.zip or db2jcc.jar Java applications using JDBC driver db2jcc4.jar7 Java Stored Procedures and User Defined Functions DB2 Graphical Tools AIX 1.4.2 to 7 6 and 7 1.4.26 to 7 5 N/A HP-UX for Itanium-based systems 1.4.2 to 71 6 and 71 1.4.26 to 7 N/A Linux on POWER 1.4.2 to 73,4 6 and 73,4 1.4.26 to 7 N/A Linux on x86 1.4.2 to 72,3,4 6 and 72,3,4 1.4.26 to 7 5 to 7 Linux on AMD64 and Intel EM64T processors 1.4.2 to 72,3,4 6 and 72,3,4 1.4.26 to 7 N/A Linux on zSeries 1.4.2 to 73,4 6 and 73,4 1.4.26 to 7 N/A Sun SPARC 64 1.4.2 to 72 6 and 72 1.4.26 to 7 N/A Solaris x64 1.4.2 to 72 6 and 72 1.4.26 to 7 N/A Windows on x86 1.4.2 to 72 6 and 72 1.4.26 to 7 5 to 7 Windows on x64, for AMD64 and Intel EM64T processors 1.4.2 to 72 6 and 72 1.4.26 to 7 5 to 7 Note: 1. The same levels of the SDK for Java that are available from Hewlett-Packard are supported for building and running stand-alone client applications that run under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ. 2. The same levels of the SDK for Java that are available from Oracle are supported for building and running stand-alone applications with the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ. However, if you set the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ property securityMechanism for a type of security that uses encryption, the SDK for Java must support the type of encryption that you use. For example, the SDK for Java that you use might support 256-bit AES (strong) encryption, but not 56-bit DES (weak) encryption. You can specify the encryption algorithm by setting the IBM Data Server Driver 26 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 35. for JDBC and SQLJ property encryptionAlgorithm. To use 256-bit AES encryption, set encryptionAlgorithm to 2. When you use 256-bit AES encryption with the SDK for Java from Oracle, you might need to install the JCE Unlimited Strength Jurisdiction Policy File, which is available from Oracle. 3. A minimum level of SDK for Java 1.4.2 SR6 is required for SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 10. A minimum level of SDK for Java 1.4.2 SR7 is required for Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) 5. 4. SDK for Java 6 support on Linux requires SDK for Java 6 SR3 or later. 5. If SDK for Java 6 SR2 or later is used, set DB2LIBPATH=java_home/jre/lib/ppc64. 6. Support for Java stored procedures and user-defined functions built by IBM SDK for Java 1.4.2 was deprecated in Version 9.7 and might be removed in a future release. IBM SDK for Java 1.4.2 has an End of Service date of September 2011. It is recommended to remove SDK for Java 1.4.2 dependency well before this date. Removing this dependency can be done by rebuilding Java stored procedures and user-defined functions with the SDK for Java included in DB2 Version 9.1, DB2 Version 9.5, DB2 Version 9.7 or DB2 V10.1 . 7. Java 6 is sufficient if you need to use JDBC 4.0 functions only. Java 7 is required if you need to use JDBC 4.1 functions. Chapter 4. Java software support for DB2 Connect 27
  • 36. 28 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 37. Chapter 5. Kernel parameters (Linux and UNIX) Kernel configuration parameters may need to be updated to allow DB2 Connect (and other DB2 database products) to perform properly. Each of the supported operating systems is discussed with the goal of showing how to modify the respective kernel configuration parameters. Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect (HP-UX) For your DB2 database product to perform properly on HP-UX, you might need to update your system's kernel configuration parameters. If you update your kernel configuration parameter values, you must restart your computer. Before you begin You must have root user authority to modify kernel parameters. Procedure To modify kernel parameters: 1. Enter the sam command to start the System Administration Manager (SAM) program. 2. Double-click the Kernel Configuration icon. 3. Double-click the Configurable Parameters icon. 4. Double-click the parameter that you want to change and type the new value in the Formula/Value field. 5. Click OK. 6. Repeat these steps for all of the kernel configuration parameters that you want to change. 7. When you are finished setting all of the kernel configuration parameters, select Action > Process New Kernel from the action menu bar. Results The HP-UX operating system automatically restarts after you change the values for the kernel configuration parameters. Tip: kctune can also be used on HP-UX for adjusting kernel parameters. Recommended kernel configuration parameters for DB2 Connect (HP-UX) For HP-UX systems running a DB2 64-bit database system, run the db2osconf command to suggest appropriate kernel configuration parameter values for your system. The db2osconf utility can only be run from $DB2DIR/bin, where DB2DIR is the directory where you installed your DB2 database product. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 29
  • 38. Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect (Linux) Before installing a DB2 database system, update your Linux kernel parameters. The default values for particular kernel parameters on Linux are not sufficient when running a DB2 database system. Before you begin You must have root user authority to modify kernel parameters. Procedure To update kernel parameters on Red Hat and SUSE Linux: 1. Run the ipcs -l command. 2. Analyze the output to determine if there are any necessary changes required for your system. Comments have been added following the // to show what the parameter names are. # ipcs -l ------ Shared Memory Limits -------- max number of segments = 4096 // SHMMNI max seg size (kbytes) = 32768 // SHMMAX max total shared memory (kbytes) = 8388608 // SHMALL min seg size (bytes) = 1 ------ Semaphore Limits -------- max number of arrays = 1024 // SEMMNI max semaphores per array = 250 // SEMMSL max semaphores system wide = 256000 // SEMMNS max ops per semop call = 32 // SEMOPM semaphore max value = 32767 ------ Messages: Limits -------- max queues system wide = 1024 // MSGMNI max size of message (bytes) = 65536 // MSGMAX default max size of queue (bytes) = 65536 // MSGMNB v Beginning with the first section on Shared Memory Limits, SHMMAX and SHMALL are the parameters that need to be looked at. SHMMAX is the maximum size of a shared memory segment on a Linux system whereas SHMALL is the maximum allocation of shared memory pages on a system. – It is recommended to set the SHMMAX value to be equal to the amount of physical memory on your system. However, the minimum required on x86 systems is 268435456 (256 MB) and for 64-bit systems, it is 1073741824 (1 GB). – SHMALL is set to 8 GB by default (8388608 KB = 8 GB). If you have more physical memory than this, and it is to be used for the DB2 database system, then this parameter increases to approximately 90% of your computer's physical memory For instance, if you have a computer system with 16 GB of memory to be used primarily for the DB2 database system, then SHMALL should be set to 3774873 (90% of 16 GB is 14.4 GB; 14.4 GB is then divided by 4 KB, which is the base page size). The ipcs output has converted SHMALL into kilobytes. The kernel requires this value as a number of pages. If you are upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 and you are not using the default SHMALL setting, you must increase the SHMALL setting by an additional 4 GB. This increase in memory is required by the fast communication manager (FCM) for additional buffers or channels. 30 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 39. v The next section covers the amount of semaphores available to the operating system. The kernel parameter sem consists of 4 tokens, SEMMSL, SEMMNS, SEMOPM and SEMMNI. SEMMNS is the result of SEMMSL multiplied by SEMMNI. The database manager requires that the number of arrays (SEMMNI) be increased as necessary. Typically, SEMMNI should be twice the maximum number of agents expected on the system multiplied by the number of logical partitions on the database server computer plus the number of local application connections on the database server computer. v The third section covers messages on the system. – MSGMNI affects the number of agents that can be started, MSGMAX affects the size of the message that can be sent in a queue, and MSGMNB affects the size of the queue. – MSGMAX should be change to 64 KB (that is, 65535 bytes), and MSGMNB should be increased to 65535. 3. To modify these kernel parameters, edit the /etc/sysctl.conf file. If this file does not exist, create it. The following lines are examples of what should be placed into the file: kernel.sem=250 1024000 32 1024 #Example shmmax for a 64-bit system kernel.shmmax=1073741824 #Example shmall for 90 percent of 16 GB memory kernel.shmall=3774873 kernel.msgmax=65535 kernel.msgmnb=65535 kernel.msgmni=2048 4. Run sysctl with -p parameter to load in sysctl settings from the default file /etc/sysctl.conf: sysctl -p 5. To make the changes effective after every reboot: v (SUSE Linux) Make boot.sysctl active v (Red Hat) The rc.sysinit initialization script will read the /etc/sysctl.conf file automatically Modifying kernel parameters for DB2 Connect (Solaris) For the DB2 database system to operate properly, it is recommended that you update your system's kernel configuration parameters. You can use the db2osconf utility to suggest recommended kernel parameters. If you want to take advantage of project resource controls (/etc/project), consult your Solaris documentation. Before you begin You must have root authority to modify kernel parameters. To use the db2osconf command, you must first install the DB2 database system. The db2osconf utility can only be run from $DB2DIR/bin, where DB2DIR is the directory where you installed your DB2 database product. You must restart your system after modifying kernel parameters. Procedure To set a kernel parameter: Add a line at the end of the /etc/system file as follows: Chapter 5. Kernel parameters (Linux and UNIX) 31
  • 40. set parameter_name = value For example, to set the value of the msgsys:msginfo_msgmax parameter, add the following line to the end of the /etc/system file: set msgsys:msginfo_msgmax = 65535 What to do next After updating the /etc/system file, restart the system. 32 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 41. Part 5. Installation and configuration tasks © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 33
  • 42. 34 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 43. Chapter 6. DB2 Connect server products: installation and configuration overview Setting up a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, is a multi-step process. DB2 Connect server products are often installed with hundreds or thousands of clients connecting to IBM mainframe database servers. For this reason, it is recommended to use a test installation. After the test configuration has proven stable, you can use it as the template for an unattended installation of DB2 Connect and your clients across your organization. The typical steps to installing and configuring a DB2 Connect server product are as follows: 1. Determine how you want to use DB2 Connect in your network. 2. Verify that you have the correct hardware and software prerequisites on both your workstation and the host database server. 3. Verify that your IBM mainframe database server is configured to accept connections from DB2 Connect servers. 4. Install your DB2 Connect software. You will use this workstation to configure and verify your IBM mainframe connections. Use the related links to find the details specific to the installation of a DB2 Connect server product on your operating system. 5. After installation, establish the connection between DB2 Connect and your IBM mainframe database system. DB2 Connect can locate and configure all TCP/IP connections for you. You can use the DB2 command line processor (CLP) commands to configure IBM mainframe databases. 6. Bind the programs and utilities provided with DB2 Connect to your IBM mainframe database. 7. Test the connection. 8. (Optional) Enable the Multisite Update feature. 9. If you are planning to use WebSphere® , transaction monitors, or your own application server software, install these products or applications. For information about installing WebSphere consult the documentation provided with these products as part of the DB2 Connect server product package. For other products consult the installation documentation provided with the product. 10. Install and configure the IBM data server client. Use this workstation to test connectivity from the IBM data server client to IBM mainframe database servers, as well as to test applications that use this connectivity. 11. Use the CLP commands to connect the client to the IBM mainframe system through DB2 Connect. 12. Install a IBM data server client on all end-user workstations that will use applications that connect to IBM mainframe database servers. 13. You are now ready to use DB2 Connect with all your applications. Workstations that will be used for application development should have the IBM data server client installed. 14. If you want to use your workstation to administer DB2 for z/OS or DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows, install the IBM data server client. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 35
  • 44. 36 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 45. Chapter 7. DB2 Connect disk and memory requirements Ensure that an appropriate amount of disk space is available for your DB2 Connect environment, and allocate memory accordingly. Disk requirements The disk space required for your product depends on the type of installation you choose and the type of file system you have. The DB2 Setup wizard provides dynamic size estimates based on the components selected during a typical, compact, or custom installation. Remember to include disk space for required databases, software, and communication products. Ensure that the file system is not mounted with concurrent I/O (CIO) option. On Linux and UNIX operating systems, 2 GB of free space in the /tmp directory is recommended, and at least 512 MB of free space in the /var directory is required. Note: On Linux and UNIX operating systems, you must install your DB2 product in an empty directory. If the directory that you have specified as the install path contains subdirectories or files, your DB2 installation might fail. On Windows operating systems the following free space is recommended in additional to that of your DB2 product: v 40 MB in the system drive v 60 MB in the temporary folder specified by the temp environment variable. Memory requirements Memory requirements are affected by the size and complexity of your database system, the extent of database activity, and the number of clients accessing your system. At a minimum, a DB2 database system requires 256 MB of RAM1 . For a system running just a DB2 product and the DB2 GUI tools, a minimum of 512 MB of RAM is required. However, 1 GB of RAM is recommended for improved performance. These requirements do not include any additional memory requirements for other software that is running on your system. For IBM data server client support, these memory requirements are for a base of five concurrent client connections. For every additional five client connections, an additional 16 MB of RAM is required. For DB2 server products, the self-tuning memory manager (STMM) simplifies the task of memory configuration by automatically setting values for several memory configuration parameters. When enabled, the memory tuner dynamically distributes available memory resources among several memory consumers including sort, the package cache, the lock list, and buffer pools. 1. DB2 products that run on HP-UX Version 11i for Itanium-based systems require a minimum of 512 MB of RAM. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 37
  • 46. Paging space requirements DB2 requires paging, also called swap to be enabled. This configuration is required to support various functions in DB2 which monitor or depend on knowledge of swap/paging space utilization. The actual amount of swap/paging space required varies across systems and is not solely based on memory utilization by application software. It is only strictly required by DB2 on the Solaris and HP platforms due to their use of early paging space allocation. A reasonable minimum swap/paging space configuration for most systems is 25-50% of RAM. Solaris and HP systems with many small databases or multiple databases tuned by STMM might require a paging space configuration of 1 x RAM or higher. These higher requirements are due to virtual memory pre-allocated per database / instance, and retained virtual memory in the case of STMM tuning multiple databases. Additional swap/paging space might be wanted to provision for unanticipated memory overcommitment on a system. 38 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 47. Chapter 8. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (AIX) To define your installation preferences and to install a DB2 Connect product on AIX, use the DB2 Setup wizard. Before you begin Before you begin your installation: v You can install DB2 Connect using either root or non-root user authority. v Ensure that your system meets: – Disk and memory requirements – Hardware and software requirements. Refer to “Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (AIX)” on page 41. v The DB2 database product DVD must be mounted on your system. v The DB2 Connect product image must be available. If you are installing a non-English version of a DB2 Connect product, you must also have the appropriate National Language Packages. v Ensure that asynchronous I/O has been enabled; it must be enabled before your DB2 Connect server product can be successfully installed. v To locate DB2 database products already installed on your system, use the db2ls command. Refer to the “Listing DB2 products installed on your system (Linux and UNIX)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers . v The DB2 Setup wizard is a graphical installer. You must have X windows software capable of rendering a graphical user interface for the DB2 Setup wizard to run on your machine. Ensure that the X windows server is running. Ensure that you have properly exported your display. For example, export DISPLAY=9.26.163.144:0. v If security software such as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is used in your environment, you must manually create required DB2 users before you start the DB2 Setup wizard. Note: Network Information Services (NIS) and Network Information Services Plus (NIS+) features are deprecated starting with DB2 Version 9.1 Fix Pack 2. Support for these features might be removed in a future release. Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is the recommended solution for centralized user-management services. About this task The DB2 Installer program is a Java-based installation tool that automates the installation and configuration of any DB2 database product. If you prefer not to use this utility, you have two alternatives. You can install a DB2 Connect product: v Using the response file method v Manually using the db2setup command. You cannot manually install a DB2 database product using the operating system's native installation utility SMIT. Any existing scripts containing this native installation utility that you use to interface and query with DB2 installations will need to change. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 39
  • 48. Procedure To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, on AIX using the DB2 Setup wizard: 1. Change to the directory where the DVD is mounted: cd /db2dvd where /db2dvd represents mount point of the DVD. 2. If you downloaded the DB2 Connect product image, you must decompress and untar the product file. a. Decompress the product file: gzip -d product.tar.gz where product is the name of the database product that you downloaded. b. Untar the product file: tar xvf product.tar c. Change directory: cd ./product/disk1 Note: If you downloaded a National Language Package, untar it into the same directory. This will create the subdirectories (for example ./nlpack/disk2) in the same directory, and allows the installer to automatically find the installation images without prompting 3. Enter the ./db2setup command from the directory where the product image resides to start the DB2 Setup wizard. After a few moments, the IBM DB2 Setup Launchpad opens. For multiple CD installations, issue the db2setup command outside the mounted CD location with either a relative or absolute path name to ensure the DB2 Connect product CD can be unmounted as required. From this window, you can view the installation prerequisites and the release notes or you can proceed directly to the installation. 4. Once you have initiated the installation, proceed through the DB2 Setup wizard installation panels and make your selections. Installation help is available to guide you through the DB2 Setup wizard. Click Help to invoke the online help. You can click Cancel at any time to exit the installation. DB2 files will only be copied to your system once you have clicked Finish on the last DB2 Setup wizard installation panel. Once completed, the DB2 Connect server product is installed using the /opt/IBM/db2/V9.8 default installation path. If you are installing on a system where this directory is already being used, the DB2 Connect product installation path will have _xx added to it, where xx are digits, starting at 01 and increasing depending on how many DB2 copies you have installed. You can also specify your own DB2 database product installation path. Results National Language Packs can also be installed by running the ./db2setup command from the directory where the National Language Pack resides, after a DB2 Connect product has been installed. The installation logs, db2setup.log and db2setup.err will be located, by default, in the /tmp directory. You can specify the location of the log files. 40 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 49. If you want your DB2 database product to have access to DB2 documentation either on your local computer or on another computer on your network, then you must install the DB2 Information Center. The DB2 Information Center contains documentation for the DB2 database and DB2 related products. See the “Installing the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (UNIX)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers . Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (AIX) Before you install DB2 Connect server products on AIX operating systems, ensure that the system you choose meets the necessary operating system, hardware, software, and communications requirements. Important: For the most up-to-date installation requirements for DB2 database products, you must start using the System requirements for IBM DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows and System requirements for IBM DB2 Connect technotes. These technotes use IBM Software Product Compatibility Reports (SPCR). With the SPCR tool, you can locate and find complete lists of supported operating systems, system requirements, prerequisites, and optional supported software for DB2 database products. This DB2 Information Centre topic might be removed in a future release or fix pack. To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, the following requirements must be met: Installation requirements Table 3. AIX installation requirements Operating System Hardware AIX Version 6.12 v 64-bit AIX kernel is required v AIX 6.1 Technology Level (TL) 6 and Service Pack (SP) 5 v Minimum C++ runtime level requires the xlC.rte 11.1.0.1 and xlC AIX rte 11.1.0.1 (or later) filesets. AIX Version 7.1 v 64-bit AIX kernel is required v AIX 7.1 Technology Level (TL) 0 and Service Pack (SP) 3 v Minimum C++ runtime level requires the xlC.rte 11.1.0.1 and xlC AIX rte 11.1.0.1 (or later) filesets. 64-bit Common Hardware Reference Platform (CHRP) architecture, excluding POWER3 processor-based systems.1 All processors that are capable of running the supported AIX operating systems. v 1 To verify that it is a CHRP architecture system, issue the command lscfg and look for the following output: Model Architecture: chrp. For POWER3 processor-based systems, first upgrade to POWER4 processor-based systems before installing DB2 Version 10.5. POWER3 processor-based systems are not supported in DB2 Version 10.5. v 2 In AIX 6.1 there are two types of Workload Partitions (WPARs): system WPARs and application WPARs. DB2 installation is supported only on a system WPAR. AIX 6.1 also supports the ability to encrypt a JFS2 file system or set of files. Software requirements Chapter 8. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 41
  • 50. v Use the bosboot command to switch to the 64-bit kernel. To switch to a 64-bit kernel, you require root authority and should enter the following commands: ln -sf /usr/lib/boot/unix_64 /unix ln -sf /usr/lib/boot/unix_64 /usr/lib/boot/unix bosboot -a shutdown -Fr v For application development and runtime considerations, see the topics in Supported programming languages and compilers for database application development. v You can download the latest IBM C++ Runtime Environment Components for AIX from the IBM AIX XL C and C++ support website. v One of the following browsers is required to view online help and to run First Steps (db2fs): – Firefox 3.0 and later – Google Chrome – Safari 4.0 v For details regarding known AIX issues, see www.ibm.com/support/ docview.wss?&uid=swg21165448 Communication requirements When using a communication protocol, you have the following requirements: v For TCP/IP connectivity, no additional software is required. v For LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) support, you require an IBM SecureWay Directory Client V3.2.1 or later. DB2 product installation on NFS (Network File System) The installation of DB2 products on NFS (Network File System) is not recommended. Running DB2 products on NFS (for example, NFS mounting /opt/IBM/db2/V10.5 and then running off code that was physically installed on a remote system) requires several manual setup steps. There are also a number of potential issues with setting up NFS for a DB2 server. These include possible problems that involve: v Performance (impacted by network performance) v Availability (you are allowing a single point of failure) v Licensing (there is no checking done across machines) v Diagnosing NFS errors can be difficult As mentioned, the setup for NFS will require several manual actions including: v Ensuring that the mount point preserve the install path v Permission must be controlled (for example, write permission should not be given to the mounting machine) v DB2 registries have to be set up manually and maintained across all mounting machines v The db2ls command, which lists installed DB2 products and features, must be set up and maintained properly if you need to detect DB2 products and features v More care is required when updating your DB2 product environment v More steps are required when cleaning up on the exporting machine and the mounting machine 42 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 51. Mounting CDs or DVDs (AIX) To mount your DB2 database product CD or DVD on AIX operating systems, use the System Management Interface Tool (SMIT). Before you begin Depending on your system configuration, you might need to log on with root user authority to mount discs. Procedure To mount the CD or DVD on AIX using SMIT, perform the following steps: 1. Insert the disc in the drive. 2. Create a disc mount point by entering the mkdir -p /disc command, where disc represents the CD or DVD mount point directory. 3. Allocate a disc file system using SMIT by entering the smit storage command. 4. After SMIT starts, select File Systems > Add / Change / Show / Delete File Systems > CDROM File Systems > Add CDROM File System. 5. In the Add a File System window: a. Enter a device name for your CD or DVD file system in the DEVICE Name field. Device names for CD or DVD file systems must be unique. If there is a duplicate device name, you may need to delete a previously-defined CD or DVD file system or use another name for your directory. In this example, /dev/cd0 is the device name. b. Enter the disc mount point directory in the MOUNT POINT window. In this example, the mount point directory is /disc. c. In the Mount AUTOMATICALLY at system restart field, select yes to enable automatic mounting of the file system. d. Click OK to close the window, then click Cancel three times to exit SMIT. 6. Mount the CD or DVD file system by entering the smit mountfs command. 7. In the Mount a File System window: a. Enter the device name for this CD or DVD file system in the FILE SYSTEM name field. In this example, the device name is /dev/cd0. b. Enter the disc mount point in the Directory over which to mount field. In this example, the mount point is /disc. c. Enter cdrfs in the Type of Filesystem field. To view the other kinds of file systems you can mount, click List. d. In the Mount as READ-ONLY system field, select yes. e. Accept the remaining default values and click OK to close the window. Results Your CD or DVD file system is now mounted. To view the contents of the CD or DVD, place the disk in the drive and enter the cd /disc command where disc is the disc mount point directory. Chapter 8. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 43
  • 52. 44 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 53. Chapter 9. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (HP-UX) To define your installation preferences and to install a DB2 Connect product on HP-UX, use the DB2 Setup wizard. Before you begin Before you begin your installation: v You can install DB2 Connect using either root or non-root user authority. v Ensure that your system meets: – Disk and memory requirements – Hardware, distribution and software requirements. Refer to “Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (HP-UX)” on page 47. v The DB2 database product DVD must be mounted on your system. v The DB2 Connect product image must be available. If you are installing a non-English version of a DB2 Connect product, you must also have the appropriate National Language Packages. v To locate DB2 database products already installed on your system, use the db2ls command. Refer to the “Listing DB2 products installed on your system (Linux and UNIX)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers . v The DB2 Setup wizard is a graphical installer. You must have X windows software capable of rendering a graphical user interface for the DB2 Setup wizard to run on your machine. Ensure that the X windows server is running. Ensure that you have properly exported your display. For example, export DISPLAY=9.26.163.144:0. v If security software such as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is used in your environment, you must manually create required DB2 users before you start the DB2 Setup wizard. Note: Network Information Services (NIS) and Network Information Services Plus (NIS+) features are deprecated starting with DB2 Version 9.1 Fix Pack 2. Support for these features might be removed in a future release. Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is the recommended solution for centralized user-management services. About this task The DB2 Installer program is a Java-based installation tool that automates the installation and configuration of any DB2 database product. If you prefer not to use this utility, you have two alternatives. You can install a DB2 Connect product: v Using the response file method v Manually using the db2setup command. You cannot manually install a DB2 database product using the operating system's native installation utility swinstall. Any existing scripts containing this native installation utility that you use to interface and query with DB2 installations will need to change. Procedure To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, on HP-UX using the DB2 Setup wizard: © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 45
  • 54. 1. Change to the directory where the DVD is mounted: cd /db2dvd where /db2dvd represents mount point of the DVD. 2. If you downloaded the DB2 Connect product image, you must decompress and untar the product file. a. Decompress the product file: gzip -d product.tar.gz where product is the name of the database product that you downloaded. b. Untar the product file: tar xvf product.tar c. Change directory: cd ./product/disk1 Note: If you downloaded a National Language Package, untar it into the same directory. This will create the subdirectories (for example ./nlpack/disk2) in the same directory, and allows the installer to automatically find the installation images without prompting 3. Enter the ./db2setup command from the directory where the product image resides to start the DB2 Setup wizard. After a few moments, the IBM DB2 Setup Launchpad opens. For multiple CD installations, issue the db2setup command outside the mounted CD location with either a relative or absolute path name to ensure the DB2 Connect product CD can be unmounted as required. From this window, you can view the installation prerequisites and the release notes or you can proceed directly to the installation. 4. Once you have initiated the installation, proceed through the DB2 Setup wizard installation panels and make your selections. Installation help is available to guide you through the DB2 Setup wizard. Click Help to invoke the online help. You can click Cancel at any time to exit the installation. DB2 files will only be copied to your system once you have clicked Finish on the last DB2 Setup wizard installation panel. Once completed, the DB2 Connect server product is installed using the /opt/IBM/db2/V10.5 default installation path. If you are installing on a system where this directory is already being used, the DB2 Connect product installation path will have _xx added to it, where xx are digits, starting at 01 and increasing depending on how many DB2 copies you have installed. You can also specify your own DB2 database product installation path. Results National Language Packs can also be installed by running the ./db2setup command from the directory where the National Language Pack resides, after a DB2 Connect product has been installed. The installation logs, db2setup.log and db2setup.err will be located, by default, in the /tmp directory. You can specify the location of the log files. If you want your DB2 database product to have access to DB2 documentation either on your local computer or on another computer on your network, then you must install the DB2 Information Center. The DB2 Information Center contains documentation for the DB2 database and DB2 related products. See the “Installing 46 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 55. the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (UNIX)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers . Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (HP-UX) Before you install DB2 Connect server products on HP-UX operating systems, ensure that the system you choose meets the necessary operating system, hardware, software, and communications requirements. Important: For the most up-to-date installation requirements for DB2 database products, you must start using the System requirements for IBM DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows and System requirements for IBM DB2 Connect technotes. These technotes use IBM Software Product Compatibility Reports (SPCR). With the SPCR tool, you can locate and find complete lists of supported operating systems, system requirements, prerequisites, and optional supported software for DB2 database products. This DB2 Information Centre topic might be removed in a future release or fix pack. To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, on HP-UX, the following requirements must be met: Note: A 64-bit HP-UX operating system is required to support DB2 Connect. Installation requirements Table 4. HP-UX installation requirements Operating System Hardware HP-UX 11i v3 (11.31) with: v PHSS_37202 v PHKL_41481 v PHKL_42035 v PHKL_42335 v PHKL_41588 v PHSS_41496 HP-UX 11i v4 (11.31) Itanium based HP Integrity Series Systems Software requirements v A browser is required to view online help. v For details regarding known HP-UX issues, see www.ibm.com/support/ docview.wss?&uid=swg21257602 Communication requirements You can use TCP/IP v For TCP/IP connectivity, no additional software is required. Note: DB2 products installed on the HP-UX operating system support long host names. The length has been extended to 255 bytes, in any combination of characters or digits. To enable long host name support, complete the following tasks: 1. Turn on the kernel tunable parameter expanded_node_host_name. Kctune expanded_node_host_name=1 Chapter 9. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 47
  • 56. 2. Compile applications requiring long host name support with the -D_HPUX_API_LEVEL=20040821 option. Mounting CDs or DVDs for DB2 Connect (HP-UX) To mount your DB2 database product CD or DVD on HP-UX operating systems, issue the mount command. Before you begin Depending on your system configuration, you might need root user authority to mount discs. Procedure To mount your DB2 database product CD or DVD on HP-UX: 1. Insert the CD or DVD in the drive. 2. If necessary, define a new directory as the mount point for the CD or DVD drive. Define /cdrom as the mount point using the mkdir /cdrom command. 3. If necessary, identify the drive device file using the ioscan -fnC disk command. This command lists all recognized CD or DVD drives and their associated device files. The file name will be something similar to /dev/dsk/c1t2d0. 4. Mount the CD or DVD drive to the mount-point directory: mount -F cdfs -o rr /dev/dsk/c1t2d0 /cdrom 5. Obtain a file listing to verify the mount using the ls /cdrom command. 6. Log out. Results Your CD or DVD file system is now mounted. View the contents of the CD or DVD by placing it in the drive and enter the cd /cdrom command where cdrom is the mount point directory. 48 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 57. Chapter 10. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (Linux) To define your installation preferences and to install a DB2 Connect product on Linux, use the DB2 Setup wizard. Before you begin Before you begin your installation: v You can install DB2 Connect using either root or non-root user authority. v Ensure that your system meets: – Disk and memory requirements – Hardware, distribution and software requirements. Refer to “Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (Linux)” on page 51. v The DB2 database product DVD must be mounted on your system. v The DB2 Connect product image must be available. If you are installing a non-English version of a DB2 Connect product, you must also have the appropriate National Language Packages. v To locate DB2 database products already installed on your system, use the db2ls command. v The DB2 Setup wizard is a graphical installer. You must have X windows software capable of rendering a graphical user interface for the DB2 Setup wizard to run on your machine. Ensure that the X windows server is running. Ensure that you have properly exported your display. For example, export DISPLAY=9.26.163.144:0. v If security software such as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is used in your environment, you must manually create required DB2 users before you start the DB2 Setup wizard. Note: Network Information Services (NIS) and Network Information Services Plus (NIS+) features are deprecated starting with DB2 Version 9.1 Fix Pack 2. Support for these features might be removed in a future release. Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is the recommended solution for centralized user-management services. About this task The DB2 Setup wizard is a Java-based installation tool that automates the installation and configuration of any DB2 database products. If you prefer not to use this utility, you have two alternatives. You can install a DB2 Connect product: v Using the response file method v Manually using the db2setup command. You cannot manually install a DB2 database product using the operating system's native installation utility rpm. Any existing scripts containing this native installation utility that you use to interface and query with DB2 installations will need to change. Procedure To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, on Linux using the DB2 Setup wizard: 1. Change to the directory where the DVD is mounted: © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 49
  • 58. cd /db2dvd where /db2dvd represents mount point of the DVD. 2. If you downloaded the DB2 Connect product image, you must decompress and untar the product file. a. Decompress the product file: gzip -d product.tar.gz where product is the name of the database product that you downloaded. b. Untar the product file: tar xvf product.tar c. Change directory: cd ./product/disk1 Note: If you downloaded a National Language Package, untar it into the same directory. This will create the subdirectories (for example ./nlpack/disk2) in the same directory, and allows the installer to automatically find the installation images without prompting 3. Enter the ./db2setup command from the directory where the product image resides to start the DB2 Setup wizard. After a few moments, the IBM DB2 Setup Launchpad opens. For multiple CD installations, issue the db2setup command outside the mounted CD location with either a relative or absolute path name to ensure the DB2 Connect product CD can be unmounted as required. From this window, you can view the installation prerequisites and the release notes or you can proceed directly to the installation. 4. Once you have initiated the installation, proceed through the DB2 Setup wizard installation panels and make your selections. Installation help is available to guide you through the DB2 Setup wizard. Click Help to invoke the online help. You can click Cancel at any time to exit the installation. DB2 files will only be copied to your system once you have clicked Finish on the last DB2 Setup wizard installation panel. Once completed, the DB2 Connect server product is installed using the /opt/IBM/db2/V9.8 default installation path. If you are installing on a system where this directory is already being used, the DB2 Connect product installation path will have _xx added to it, where xx are digits, starting at 01 and increasing depending on how many DB2 copies you have installed. You can also specify your own DB2 database product installation path. Results National Language Packs can also be installed by running the ./db2setup command from the directory where the National Language Pack resides, after a DB2 Connect product has been installed. The installation logs, db2setup.log and db2setup.err will be located, by default, in the /tmp directory. You can specify the location of the log files. If you want your DB2 database product to have access to DB2 documentation either on your local computer or on another computer on your network, then you must install the DB2 Information Center. The DB2 Information Center contains documentation for the DB2 database and DB2 related products. See the “Installing the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (UNIX)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers . 50 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 59. Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (Linux) Before you install DB2 Connect server products on Linux operating systems, ensure that the system you choose meets the necessary operating system, hardware, software, and communications requirements. Important: For the most up-to-date installation requirements for DB2 database products, you must start using the System requirements for IBM DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows and System requirements for IBM DB2 Connect technotes. These technotes use IBM Software Product Compatibility Reports (SPCR). With the SPCR tool, you can locate and find complete lists of supported operating systems, system requirements, prerequisites, and optional supported software for DB2 database products. This DB2 Information Centre topic might be removed in a future release or fix pack. To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, the following requirements must be met: Hardware requirements Your processor can be: v x86 ( Intel Pentium, Intel Xeon, and AMD Athlon) v x64 (Intel EM64T and AMD64) v POWER (any Power Systems Servers, pSeries® , System i, System p® , and POWER Systems that support Linux) v System z (formerly eServer™ zSeries) Distribution requirements For the latest information about the supported Linux distributions, point your browser to www.ibm.com/db2/linux/validate. You might be required to update your kernel configuration parameters. The kernel configuration parameters are set in /etc/sysctl.conf. See the Modifying kernel parameters (Linux) section of the DB2 Information Center. Refer to your operating system manual for information about setting and activating these parameters using the sysctl command. Software requirements v An X Window System software capable of rendering a graphical user interface is required if you want to use the DB2 Setup wizard to install DB2 Connect or if you want to use any DB2 graphical tools. v A browser is required to view online help. Communication requirements For TCP/IP connectivity, no additional software is required. Preparing to install DB2 Connect for Linux on zSeries To install a DB2 database product on an IBM zSeries that is running Linux, you must make the installation image accessible to the Linux operating system. Before you begin You have already obtained your DB2 database product installation image. Chapter 10. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 51
  • 60. Procedure v Using FTP to access the installation image From the IBM zSeries computer running Linux: 1. Enter the following command: ftp yourserver.com where yourserver.com represents the FTP server where the DB2 database product installation image resides. 2. Enter your user ID and password. 3. Enter the following commands: bin get product_file where product_file represents the appropriate product package name. v Using the DB2 database product DVD over NFS to access the installation image 1. Mount the appropriate product DVD. 2. Export the directory where you mounted the DVD. For example, if you mounted the DVD under /db2dvd, then export the /db2dvd directory. 3. On the IBM zSeries computer running Linux, NFS mount this directory using the following command: mount -t nfs -o ro nfsservername:/db2dvd /local_directory_name where nfsservername represents the host name of the NFS server, db2dvd represents the name of the directory being exported on the NFS server, and local_directory_name represents the name of the local directory. 4. From the IBM zSeries computer running Linux, change to the directory where the DVD is mounted. You can do this by entering the cd /local_directory_name command, where local_directory_name represents the mount point of your product DVD. Mounting the CD or DVD for DB2 Connect (Linux) To mount a CD-ROM on Linux operating systems, issue the mount command. Before you begin Depending on your system configuration, you might need root user authority to mount discs. Procedure To mount the CD or DVD on Linux operating systems: 1. Insert the CD or DVD in the drive and enter the following command: mount -t iso9660 -o ro /dev/cdrom /cdrom where /cdrom represents the mount point of the CD or DVD. 2. Log out. Results Your CD or DVD file system is now mounted. View the contents of the CD or DVD by placing the disc in the drive and enter the cd /cdrom command where cdrom is the mount point directory. 52 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 61. Chapter 11. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (Solaris) To define your installation preferences and to install a DB2 Connect product on the Solaris Operating System, use the DB2 Setup wizard. Before you begin Before you begin your installation: v You can install DB2 Connect using either root or non-root user authority. v Ensure that your system meets: – Disk and memory requirements – Hardware, distribution and software requirements. Refer to “Installation requirements for DB2 Connect products (Solaris)” on page 55. v The DB2 database product DVD must be mounted on your system. v The DB2 Connect product image must be available. If you are installing a non-English version of a DB2 Connect product, you must also have the appropriate National Language Packages. v To locate DB2 database products already installed on your system, use the db2ls command. Refer to the “Listing DB2 products installed on your system (Linux and UNIX)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers . v The DB2 Setup wizard is a graphical installer. You must have X windows software capable of rendering a graphical user interface for the DB2 Setup wizard to run on your machine. Ensure that the X windows server is running. Ensure that you have properly exported your display. For example, export DISPLAY=9.26.163.144:0. v If security software such as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is used in your environment, you must manually create required DB2 users before you start the DB2 Setup wizard. Note: Network Information Services (NIS) and Network Information Services Plus (NIS+) features are deprecated starting with DB2 Version 9.1 Fix Pack 2. Support for these features might be removed in a future release. Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is the recommended solution for centralized user-management services. About this task The DB2 Setup wizard is a Java-based installation tool that automates the installation and configuration of any DB2 database products. If you prefer not to use this utility, you have two alternatives. You can install a DB2 Connect product: v Using the response file method v Manually using the db2setup command. You cannot manually install a DB2 database product using the operating system's native installation utility pkgadd. Any existing scripts containing this native installation utility that you use to interface and query with DB2 installations will need to change. Procedure To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, on the Solaris operating system using the DB2 Setup wizard: © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 53
  • 62. 1. Change to the directory where the DVD is mounted: cd /db2dvd where /db2dvd represents mount point of the DVD. 2. If you downloaded the DB2 Connect product image, you must decompress and untar the product file. a. Decompress the product file: gzip -d product.tar.gz where product is the name of the database product that you downloaded. b. Untar the product file: tar xvf product.tar c. Change directory: cd ./product/disk1 Note: If you downloaded a National Language Package, untar it into the same directory. This will create the subdirectories (for example ./nlpack/disk2) in the same directory, and allows the installer to automatically find the installation images without prompting 3. Enter the ./db2setup command from the directory where the product image resides to start the DB2 Setup wizard. After a few moments, the IBM DB2 Setup Launchpad opens. For multiple CD installations, issue the db2setup command outside the mounted CD location with either a relative or absolute path name to ensure the DB2 Connect product CD can be unmounted as required. From this window, you can view the installation prerequisites and the release notes or you can proceed directly to the installation. 4. Once you have initiated the installation, proceed through the DB2 Setup wizard installation panels and make your selections. Installation help is available to guide you through the DB2 Setup wizard. Click Help to invoke the online help. You can click Cancel at any time to exit the installation. DB2 files will only be copied to your system once you have clicked Finish on the last DB2 Setup wizard installation panel. Once completed, the DB2 Connect server product is installed using the /opt/IBM/db2/V9.8 default installation path. If you are installing on a system where this directory is already being used, the DB2 Connect product installation path will have _xx added to it, where xx are digits, starting at 01 and increasing depending on how many DB2 copies you have installed. You can also specify your own DB2 database product installation path. Results National Language Packs can also be installed by running the ./db2setup command from the directory where the National Language Pack resides, after a DB2 Connect product has been installed. The installation logs, db2setup.log and db2setup.err will be located, by default, in the /tmp directory. You can specify the location of the log files. If you want your DB2 database product to have access to DB2 documentation either on your local computer or on another computer on your network, then you must install the DB2 Information Center. The DB2 Information Center contains documentation for the DB2 database and DB2 related products. See the “Installing 54 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 63. the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (UNIX)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers . Installation requirements for DB2 Connect products (Solaris) Before you install DB2 Connect products on the Solaris Operating System, ensure that the system you choose meets the necessary operating system, hardware, software, and communications requirements. The installation requirements are same for both the DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition and the DB2 Connect Personal Edition. Important: For the most up-to-date installation requirements for DB2 database products, you must start using the System requirements for IBM DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows and System requirements for IBM DB2 Connect technotes. These technotes use IBM Software Product Compatibility Reports (SPCR). With the SPCR tool, you can locate and find complete lists of supported operating systems, system requirements, prerequisites, and optional supported software for DB2 database products. This DB2 Information Centre topic might be removed in a future release or fix pack. To install a DB2 Connect product on Solaris, the following requirements must be met: Table 5. Solaris installation requirements Operating System Hardware Solaris 10 Update 9 v 64-bit kernel Solaris x64 (Intel 64 or AMD64) Solaris 10 Update 9 v 64-bit kernel UltraSPARC or SPARC64 processors 1. Support is only for the DB2 product to be installed on local zones. Installation on the global zone is not supported by the DB2 product at this time. Operating system requirements "Recommended & Security Patches" can be obtained from the http://java.sun.com Web site. From this website, click on the "Patches" menu item in the left panel. The J2SE Solaris Operating System Patch Clusters are also required. They can be obtained from the http://java.sun.com Web site. The Fujitsu PRIMEPOWER patches for the Solaris operating system can be downloaded from FTSI at: http://download.ftsi.fujitsu.com/.For an additional list of issues that can affect DB2 database systems on Solaris, refer to:www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?&uid=swg21257606 DB2 database products support Solaris ZFS filesystems and Logical Domains (LDoms). For details about virtualization technology supported by DB2 products, see http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/im/ DB2+Virtualization+Support. Software requirements v SUNWlibC software is required to install DB2 Connect on Solaris. It can be obtained from the http://java.sun.com Web site. v A browser is required to view online help. Chapter 11. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 55
  • 64. Communication requirements You can use TCP/IP v For TCP/IP connectivity, no additional software is required. v DB2 Connect is supported on Sun Cluster 2.2 if: – The protocol to the host is TCP/IP – Two-phase commit is not used. This restriction is relaxed if the user configures the SPM log to be on a shared disk (this can be done through the spm_log_path database manager configuration parameter), and the failover system has an identical TCP/IP configuration (the same host name, IP address, and so on). Mounting CDs or DVDs for DB2 Connect (Solaris) If the CD-ROM is not automatically mounted when you insert it into the drive on Solaris Operating System, issue the mount command. Before you begin If you are mounting the CD or DVD drive from a remote system using NFS, the CD or DVD file system on the remote computer must be exported with root access. Depending on your local system configuration, you might also need root access on the local computer. Procedure To mount the CD or DVD on Solaris: 1. Insert the CD or DVD into the drive. 2. If the Volume Manager (vold) is running on your system, the disc is automatically mounted as /cdrom/cd_label if the CD or DVD has a label or /cdrom/unnamed_cdrom if it is unlabeled. If the Volume Manager is not running on your system, complete the following steps to mount the CD or DVD: a. Determine the name of the device by entering the following command: ls -al /dev/sr* |awk ’{print "/" $11}’ This command returns the name of the CD or DVD device. In this example, the command returns the string /dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2. b. Enter the following commands to mount the CD or DVD: mkdir -p /cdrom/unnamed_cdrom mount -F hsfs -o ro /dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2 /cdrom/unnamed_cdrom where /dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2 represents the name of the device that was returned in the preceding step and /cdrom/unnamed_cdrom represents the CD or DVD mount directory. 3. Log out. Results Your CD or DVD file system is now mounted. View the contents of the CD or DVD by placing the disk in the drive and enter the cd /cdrom command where cdrom is the mount point directory. 56 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 65. Chapter 12. Installing a DB2 Connect server product (Windows) To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition on Windows operating systems, use the DB2 Setup wizard. Alternatively, you can install DB2 Connect server products using the response file method. Before you begin Before you launch the DB2 Setup wizard: v Ensure that your system meets: – Disk and memory requirements – Hardware, distribution and software requirements. Refer to “Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (Windows)” on page 58. v If you are planning to use LDAP, you must extend the directory schema. Refer to the “Extending the Active Directory Schema for LDAP directory services (Windows)” topic in Installing DB2 Servers. v It is recommended that you use an Administrator account to perform the installation. The Administrator account must belong to the local administrator's group on the Windows computer where you are installing your DB2 database product and should have the following advanced user rights: – Act as part of the operating system – Create token object – Increase quotas – Replace a process level token You can perform the installation without advanced user rights, but the setup program might be unable to validate accounts. v If you want to install DB2 Connect with a non-Administrator account, refer to the topic “Non-Administrator installation of DB2 Connect (Windows)”. Procedure v To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, on Windows using the DB2 Setup wizard: 1. Log on to the system as a user with administrator authority. 2. Close all programs so the installation program can update files as required. 3. Insert the DVD into the drive. The auto-run feature automatically starts the DB2 Setup wizard. The DB2 Setup wizard will determine the system language and launch the setup program for that language. If you want to run the setup program in a different language, or the setup program failed to autostart, you can run the DB2 Setup wizard manually. 4. The DB2 Launchpad opens. From this window, you can view the installation prerequisites and the release notes, or you can proceed directly to the installation. 5. Once you have initiated the installation, proceed by following the setup program's prompts. Online help is available to guide you through the remaining steps. Click Help to invoke the online help. You can click Cancel at any time to exit the installation. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 57
  • 66. A log file stores general information and error messages resulting from the install and uninstall activities. The file name of the log follows the format DB2-Product_Abrreviation-Date_Time.log, such as DB2-CEE-10-06- 2006_17_23_42.log. By default, the log file is located in the My DocumentsDB2LOG directory. v To invoke the DB2 Setup wizard manually: 1. Click Start and select the Run option. 2. In the Open field, enter the following command: x:setup /i language where: – x: represents your DVD drive – language represents the territory code for your language (for example, EN for English). 3. Click OK. What to do next If you want your DB2 database product to have access to DB2 documentation either on your local computer or on another computer on your network, then you must install the DB2 Information Center. The DB2 Information Center contains documentation for the DB2 database and DB2 related products. Installation requirements for DB2 Connect server products (Windows) Before you install DB2 Connect server products on Windows operating systems, ensure that the system you choose meets the necessary operating system, hardware, software, and communications requirements. Important: For the most up-to-date installation requirements for DB2 database products, you must start using the System requirements for IBM DB2 for Linux, UNIX, and Windows and System requirements for IBM DB2 Connect technotes. These technotes use IBM Software Product Compatibility Reports (SPCR). With the SPCR tool, you can locate and find complete lists of supported operating systems, system requirements, prerequisites, and optional supported software for DB2 database products. This DB2 Information Centre topic might be removed in a future release or fix pack. To install a DB2 Connect server product, such as DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, the following requirements must be met: Hardware requirements All Intel and AMD processors capable of running the supported Windows operating systems (32-bit and 64-bit) Operating system requirements One of: v Windows 7 Service Pack 1 – Professional Edition (32-bit and x64) – Enterprise Edition (32-bit and x64) v Windows Server 2008 Service Pack 2 or later – Standard Edition (32-bit and 64-bit) – Enterprise Edition (32-bit and 64-bit) 58 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 67. – Datacenter Edition (32-bit and 64-bit) v Windows Server 2008 R2 Service Pack 2 or later – Standard Edition (64-bit) – Enterprise Edition (64-bit) – Datacenter Edition (64-bit) Software requirements v A browser is required to view online help. Communication requirements v TCP/IP is supported and supplied by the operating system. Windows (64-bit) considerations v 32-bit UDFs and stored procedures are supported. Required user accounts for installation of DB2 Connect products (Windows) Before you begin installation tasks you must have an installation user account. During the installation, you can also choose to create one or more setup user accounts, such as a DB2 Administration Server (DAS) user account or a DB2 instance user account. The installation user account is the account of the user performing the installation. The installation user account must be defined before running the DB2 Setup wizard. The setup user accounts can be defined before installation or you can have the DB2 Setup wizard create them for you. All user account names must adhere to your system naming rules and to DB2 User, user ID and group naming rules. If you use an installation user account that contains non-English characters which are not specified in DB2 naming rules, the DB2 installation will fail. Extended security on Windows DB2 database products offer extended Windows security. If the extended security feature is selected, you must add the users who will administer or use the DB2 database product to either the DB2ADMNS or DB2USERS group as appropriate. The DB2 installer creates these two new groups. You can either specify a new name or accept the default names during installation. To enable this security feature, select the Enable operating system security check box on the Enable operating system security for DB2 objects panel during the DB2 installation. Accept the default values for the DB2 Administrators Group field, and the DB2 Users Group field. The default group names are DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS. If there is a conflict with existing group names, you will be prompted to change the group names. If required, you can specify your own group names. DB2 server user accounts Installation user account A local or domain user account is required to perform the installation. Normally, the user account must belong to the Administrators group on the computer where you will perform the installation. Chapter 12. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 59
  • 68. Alternatively, a non-Administrator user account can be used. This alternative requires that a member of the Windows Administrators group first configure the Windows elevated privileges settings to allow a non-Administrator user account to perform an installation. On Windows operating system, a non-administrator can perform an installation, but will be prompted for administrative credentials by the DB2 Setup wizard. The user right "Access this computer from the network" is required for the installation user account. The installation user ID must belong to the Domain Administrators group on the domain if the installation requires a domain account to be created or verified. You may also use the built-in LocalSystem account as your Service Logon account for all products, except DB2 Enterprise Server Edition. User rights granted by the DB2 installer The DB2 installation program does not grant the Debug Programs user right. The DB2 installer grants the following user rights: v Act as part of the operating system v Create token object v Lock pages in memory v Log on as a service v Increase quotas v Replace a process level token DB2 Administration Server (DAS) user account A local or domain user account is required for the DB2 Administration Server (DAS). Important: The DB2 Administration Server (DAS) has been deprecated in Version 9.7 and might be removed in a future release. The DAS is not supported in DB2 pureScale environments. Use software programs that use the Secure Shell protocol for remote administration. For more information, see “ DB2 administration server (DAS) has been deprecated” at . If you are performing a response file installation, you can also specify the Local System account in the response file. For more details, refer to the sample response files in the db2windowssamples directory. The LocalSystem account is available for all products, except DB2 Enterprise Server Edition and can be selected through the DB2 Setup wizard. The DAS is a special DB2 administration service used to support the GUI tools and assist with administration tasks on local and remote DB2 servers. The DAS has an assigned user account that is used to log the DAS service on to the computer when the DAS service is started. You can create the DAS user account before installing DB2 or you can have the DB2 Setup wizard create it for you. If you want to have the DB2 Setup wizard create a new domain user account, the user account you use to perform the installation must have authority to create domain user accounts. The user account must belong to the Administrators group on the computer where you will perform the installation. This account will be granted the following user rights: 60 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 69. v Act as part of the operating system v Debug programs v Create token object v Lock pages in memory v Log on as a service v Increase quotas (adjust memory quotas for a process on Windows Server 2003 operating systems) v Replace a process level token If extended security is enabled, the DB2ADMNS group will have all these privileges. You can add users to that group and you do not need to add these privileges explicitly. However, the user still needs to be a member of the Local Administrators group. The "Debug programs" privilege is only needed when DB2 group lookup is explicitly specified to use the access token. If the user account is created by the install program, the user account will be granted these privileges and if the user account already exists, this account will also be granted these privileges. If the install grants the privileges, some of them will only be effective on first log on by the account that was granted the privileges or upon reboot. It is recommended that the DAS user have SYSADM authority on each of the DB2 database systems within your environment so that it can start or stop other instances if required. By default, any user that is part of the Administrators group has SYSADM authority. DB2 instance user account The user account must belong to the Administrators group on the computer where you will perform the installation. A local or domain user account is required for the DB2 instance because the instance is run as a Windows service and the service will be executing in the security context of the user account. When you use a domain user account to perform a database operation (such as, creating a database) against a DB2 instance, the DB2 service needs to access the domain to authenticate and search for the user's group membership. By default, a domain will only allow a domain user to query the domain and hence, the DB2 service needs to be running in the security context of a domain user. An error will occur if you use a domain user account to perform a database operation against a DB2 service running with either a Local user account or a LocalSystem account. You may also use the built-in LocalSystem account to run the installation for all products, except for DB2 Enterprise Server Edition. You can create the DB2 instance user account before installing DB2 or you can have the DB2 Setup wizard create it for you. If you want to have the DB2 Setup wizard create a new domain user account, the user account you use to perform the installation must have authority to create domain user accounts. This account will be granted the following user rights: v Act as part of the operating system v Debug programs v Create token object v Increase quotas v Lock pages in memory Chapter 12. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 61
  • 70. v Log on as a service v Replace a process level token If extended security is enabled, then the DB2ADMNS group will have all these privileges. You can add users to that group and you do not need to add these privileges explicitly. However, the user still needs to be a member of the Local Administrators group. The "Debug programs" privilege is only needed when DB2 group lookup is explicitly specified to use the access token. If the user account is created by the install program, the user account will be granted these privileges and if the user account already exists, this account will also be granted these privileges. If the install grants the privileges, some of them will only be effective on first log on by the account that was granted the privileges or upon reboot. Extending the Active Directory Schema for LDAP directory services (Windows) If you plan to use the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) directory server feature with Windows Server 2003, you have to extend the Active Directory schema to contain DB2 object classes and attribute definitions using the db2schex command. About this task Extending the directory schema before installing DB2 database products and creating databases provide the following benefits: v The default DB2 instance, created during the installation, is cataloged as a DB2 node in Active Directory, provided that the installation user ID had sufficient privileges to write to Active Directory. v Any databases created after installation is automatically cataloged into Active Directory. Procedure To extend the directory schema: 1. Log onto any machine that is part of the Windows domain with a Windows user account that has Schema Administration authority. 2. Run the db2schex command from the installation DVD . You can run this command without logging off and logging on again, as follows: runas /user:MyDomainAdministrator x:db2Windowsutilitiesdb2schex.exe where x: represents the DVD drive letter. What to do next When db2schex completes, you can proceed with the installation of your DB2 database product; or if you have already installed DB2 database products or created databases, you have to manually register the node and catalog the databases. For more information, see the “Enabling LDAP support after DB2 installation is complete” topic. 62 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 71. Non-Administrator installation of DB2 Connect (Windows) There are some additional considerations when you install DB2 Connect on Windows operating systems using a non-Administrator user account. For a non-Administrator's installation, the account you are logged on as must belong to Power Users group. Some information about DB2 Connect that must appear in the registry must be entered in the HKEY_CURRENT_USER folder in the registry. Although many items will be stored under the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE folder in the registry for non-Administrator installations of DB2 Connect, the environment settings must be changed in HKEY_CURRENT_USER. A member of the Windows Administrators group must configure the Windows elevated privileges settings to allow a non-Administrator user account to perform an installation. For example, on a 64-bit operating system you must manually grant full permission on HKLMSoftwareWow6432Node before a 32-bit DB2 Connect Personal Edition product can be successfully installed. Note: If a non-Administrator user account is going to do the product installation, then the VS2010 runtime library must be installed before attempting to install a DB2 product. The VS2010 runtime library is needed on the operating system before the DB2 product can be installed. The VS2010 runtime library is available from the Microsoft runtime library download website. There are two choices: choose vcredist_x86.exe for 32-bit systems or vcredist_x64.exe for 64-bit systems. System shortcuts must be changed to user shortcuts for the non-Administrator install. Moreover, since services are required to install any of the DB2 Connect products, but cannot be created without administrative authority, services that would be automatically started are run as processes when a non-administrator installs. The following scenarios are installation situations that you might encounter in an environment where both administrator and non-administrator installations exist: v A non-Administrator has installed DB2 Connect, and then an Administrator attempts to install DB2 Connect on the same system. The Administrator will get a message that the product is already installed. The Administrator does have the authority to uninstall and reinstall the product to get around this issue. v A non-administrator has installed DB2 Connect, and then a second non-Administrator attempts to install DB2 Connect on the same system. In this scenario, the installation will fail, and return an error message that the user must be an Administrator to install the product. v An Administrator has installed DB2 Connect, and then a non-Administrator attempts to install DB2 Connect on the same system. In this scenario, the install will fail, and return an error message that the user must be an Administrator to install the product. An Administrator always has the authority to uninstall or reinstall. v Non-Administrator users cannot uninstall a DB2 product. Those non-Administrator users on a Windows operating system can uninstall a DB2 product. Chapter 12. Installing a DB2 Connect server product 63
  • 72. Adding your user ID to the DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS user groups (Windows) After successfully completing a DB2 installation, you now have to add users to the DB2ADMNS or the DB2USERS groups for users that need to run local DB2 applications and tools on the machine. Before you begin v You must have installed a DB2 database product. v You must have selected the Enable operating system security check box on the Enable operating system security for DB2 object panel during the installation of your DB2 database product. Procedure To add users to the appropriate group: 1. Click Start and select Run. 2. Type lusrmgr.msc and click OK. 3. Select Local Users and Groups. 4. Select Users. 5. Select the user you want to add. 6. Click Properties. 7. Click the Member Of tab. 8. Click Add. 9. Select the appropriate group. 10. Click OK. What to do next If you did the install and chose not to enable the new security feature you can still do so post-install by running the db2extsec.exe command. Adding a user to a group takes effect the first time the user logs on after the user has been added. For example, if you add you user ID to the DB2ADMNS group, you need to log out and then log in again for this change to take effect. 64 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 73. Part 6. Postinstallation tasks © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 65
  • 74. 66 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 75. Chapter 13. License key activation During the installation of licensed DB2 Connect server products, the installation program registers the DB2 Connect licenses. However, if you need to manually activate a license for your DB2 Connect product, you can use either the DB2 License Center or the db2licm command. Registering a DB2 Connect license key using the db2licm command Use the db2licm command to apply the license entitlement certificate (also referred to as registering a license key). Before you begin To complete this task, you must have the appropriate license file (*.lic). To connect to a z/OS server or a System i server, you must register a DB2 Connect license key. (Retrieve the license file from your Passport Advantage® distribution, for example db2conpe.lic, then copy the license file to the license directory under the directory where the driver was installed.) If you are using DB2 Connect Unlimited Edition for z/OS, then use a server based license key. This one step will prevent the need for client based license keys. For details, see the topic about activating the license key for DB2 Connect Unlimited Edition for System z. On Windows operating systems, you must belong to the local Administrators or Power Users group to use the db2licm command with the -a command parameter. Procedure v On Windows operating systems, register a DB2 license key by entering the following command: db2instance_pathbindb2licm -a filename where db2instance_path is where the DB2 instance was created and filename is the full path name and file name for the license file that corresponds to the product or feature you have purchased. v On Linux or UNIX operating systems, register a DB2 license key by entering the following command: INSTHOME/sqllib/adm/db2licm -a filename where INSTHOME represents the home directory of the instance owner and filename is the full path name and file name for the license file that corresponds to the product or feature you have purchased. The db2licm command can also be found in the path where the DB2 database product is installed. For example, /opt/IBM/db2/V10.5/adm on AIX, HP-UX or Solaris operating systems or /opt/ibm/db2/V10.5/adm on Linux operating systems, if you use the default installation directory. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 67
  • 76. Setting the DB2 Connect license policy using the db2licm command To set your license policy, issue the db2licm command with the command parameters that are appropriate for the license. Before you begin Before you set your license policy, you need to know the product identifier. To list the product identifier information, enter the following command: db2licm -l The product identifier is listed in the Product Identifier field. About this task For DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition the license policy controls and monitors the number of users that can connect simultaneously to a DB2 Connect server. For InfoSphere® Replication Server or InfoSphere Federation Server, the license policy controls and monitors the number of connectors to a data source that is not a part of DB2. Procedure To set your license policy: Perform one of the following depending on the type of licenses that you purchased: v If you purchased a InfoSphere Replication Server or InfoSphere Federation Server Concurrent Connector policy, enter the following command: db2licm -c isrs concurrent or db2licm -c isfs concurrent v If you purchased a DB2 Connect server Concurrent User policy, enter the following command: db2licm -p db2consv concurrent 68 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 77. Chapter 14. Applying fix packs to DB2 Connect It is recommended that you keep your DB2 database environment running at the latest fix pack level to ensure problem-free operation. To install a fix pack successfully, perform all of the necessary preinstallation and post-installation tasks. About this task A DB2 fix pack contains updates and fixes for problems (Authorized Program Analysis Reports, or "APARs") found during testing at IBM, as well as fixes for problems reported by customers. For a complete list of the fixes contained in each fix pack, see http://www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=swg21633303. Fix packs are cumulative. This means that the latest fix pack for any given version of DB2 database contains all of the updates from previous fix packs for the same version of DB2 database. The fix pack images available are: v A single server image. The single server image contains the new and updated code required for all DB2 database server products and the IBM Data Server Client. If more than one DB2 database server product is installed in a single location, the DB2 database server fix pack applies maintenance code updates to all the installed DB2 database server products. The Data Server Client fix pack is contained within the one DB2 database server fix pack (namely the fix pack that can service any one of the following database server products: DB2 Enterprise Server Edition, DB2 Workgroup Server Edition, DB2 Express® Edition, DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition, DB2 Connect Application Server Edition, DB2 Connect Unlimited Edition for zSeries, and DB2 Connect Unlimited Edition for i5/OS). You can use the DB2 database server fix pack to upgrade a Data Server Client. A single server image can also be used to install any of the DB2 database server products, at a particular fix pack level, with a DB2 try and buy license by default. The single server fix pack image contains DB2 try-and-buy licenses for all DB2 server products. When you select a new DB2 server product to install or a previously installed DB2 server product to update, the try-and-buy licenses are installed. The try-and-buy licenses do not affect any valid licenses already installed in the same DB2 installation path. Regarding DB2 Connect server products, if you run the db2licm -l command to query valid licenses, the try-and-buy license for DB2 Connect server product might display as an invalid license. However, if you do not need to use the DB2 Connect functionality, you can ignore the report. To remove the try-and-buy license for DB2 Connect server, use the db2licm command. v A fix pack for each of the other DB2 database products. Use this fix pack only for installed non-server database products or add-on products. For example, IBM Data Server Runtime Client. Do not use this type of fix pack if the installed DB2 database products are only DB2 database server products or a Data Server Client. Instead, use the single server image fix pack. For Windows platforms, if you have more than one DB2 database product (which includes at least one product that is not a Data Server Client or a DB2 © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 69
  • 78. database server) installed in a single DB2 copy, you must download and uncompress all of the corresponding product-specific fix packs before starting the fix pack installation process. v A universal fix pack. The universal fix pack services installations where more than one DB2 database product has been installed. The universal fix pack is not needed if the installed DB2 database products are only DB2 database server products or a Data Server Client. In this case, the single server image fix pack should be used. On Linux or UNIX operating systems, if national languages have been installed, you also require a separate national language fix pack. The national language fix pack can not be installed alone. A universal or product-specific fix pack must be applied at the same time and they must both be at the same fix pack level. For example, if you are applying a universal fix pack to non-English DB2 database products on Linux or UNIX, you must apply both the universal fix pack and the national language fix pack to update the DB2 database products. Restrictions v A DB2 Version 10.5 fix pack can only be applied to DB2 Version 10.5 general availability (GA) or DB2 Version 10.5 fix pack copies. v All DB2 instances, DAS, and applications related to the DB2 copy being updated must be stopped before installing a fix pack. v In a partitioned database environment, before installing the fix pack, you must stop the database manager on all database partition servers. You must install the fix pack on the instance-owning database partition server and all other database partition servers. All computers participating in the instance must be updated to the same fix pack level. v On Linux or UNIX operating systems: – If you have DB2 database products on a Network File System (NFS), you must ensure the following applications are stopped completely before installing the fix pack: all instances, the DB2 administration server (DAS), interprocess communications (IPC), and applications on other machines using the same NFS mounted installation. – If the system commands fuser or lsof are not available, the installFixPack command cannot detect loaded DB2 database files. You must ensure no DB2 files are loaded and provide an override option to install the fix pack. On UNIX, the fuser command is required to check for loaded files. On Linux, either the fuser command or lsof command is required. For details on the override option, see the installFixPack command. v On client applications, after a fix pack has been applied, to perform autobind of applications, the user must have bind authority. v Installation of a DB2 fix pack will not service IBM Data Studio. Procedure To install a fix pack: 1. Check fix pack prerequisites. 2. Perform the necessary tasks before installing a fix pack. 3. Choose a fix pack installation method and install the fix pack. 4. Perform the necessary tasks after installing the fix pack. 5. Apply the appropriate DB2 database product license. 70 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 79. If a previously licensed copy of a DB2 database server product does not already exist on the machine, a single server fix pack image can be used to install any of the DB2 database server products. In this case, the DB2 database product installed is treated as a try and buy license, and will stop working after a 90 day trial period unless you upgrade the try and buy license. What to do next Check the log file for any post-installation steps, or error messages and recommended actions. For non-root installations on Linux or UNIX, root-based features (such as High Availability and operating system-based authentication) can be enabled using the db2rfe command. If root-based features were enabled after installing your DB2 database product, you must rerun the db2rfe command each time a fix pack is applied in order to re-enable those features. If you have multiple DB2 copies on the same system, those copies can be at different version and fix pack levels. If you want to apply a fix pack to one or more DB2 copies, you must install the fix pack on those DB2 copies one by one. Chapter 14. Applying fix packs 71
  • 80. 72 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 81. Part 7. Preparing communications and access to host and iSeries databases © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 73
  • 82. 74 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 83. Chapter 15. Preparing IBM DB2 for IBM i for connections from DB2 Connect DB2 Connect gives remote system applications access to data on your IBM DB2 for IBM i system. Procedure To set up the connection, you need to know the following information: 1. The local network name. You can get this information by entering DSPNETA. 2. The local adapter address. You can get this information by entering the WRKLIND command in one of the following ways: WRKLIND (*elan) Lists Ethernet adapters WRKLIND (*trlan) Lists token ring adapters WRKLIND (*all) Lists all adapters 3. The hostname. You can get this information by entering DSPNETA. 4. The TCP/IP port or service name. The default is X'07'6DB (X'07F6C4C2'). The default is always used by DB2 for i. If entering a hexadecimal number is not convenient, an alias is QCNTEDDM. 5. The relational database name. You can get this information by entering DSPRDBDIRE. This will display a list. The line containing *LOCAL in the Remote Location column identifies the RDBNAME which must be defined to the client. If there is no *LOCAL entry, you can add one, or use the system name obtained from the DSPNETA command on the server. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 75
  • 84. Results Here is an example: Display Relational Database Directory Entries Position to . . . . . . Type options, press Enter. 5=Display details 6=Print details Relational Remote Option Database Location Text _ ____________________ _ DLHX RCHAS2FA _ JORMT2FA JORMT2FA _ JORMT4FD JORMT4FD _ JOSNAR7B RCHASR7B _ RCHASR7B *LOCAL _ RCHASR7C RCHASR7C _ R7BDH3SNA RCH2PDH3 _ RCHASDH3 RCHASDH3 When you have obtained these parameters from your IBM Power Systems server, enter your values into the worksheet that follows: Table 6. Configuration parameters from IBM Power Systems Item Parameter Example Your value A-1 Local network name SPIFNET A-2 Local adapter address 400009451902 A-4 Hostname SYD2101A A-5 TCP/IP port or service name X'07F6C4C2' (default) A-6 Relational database name NEW_YORK3 For more information, refer to the “DRDA Considerations” section of the DB2 Server for VSE & VM SQL Reference (SC09-2989). 76 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 85. Chapter 16. Preparing DB2 for z/OS for connections from DB2 Connect DB2 Connect gives remote system applications access to data on your DB2 for z/OS system. Before you begin If you anticipate that DB2 for z/OS will participate in a multisite update transaction (two-phase commit) then refer to the topic that discusses enabling multisite updates in the DB2 Connect User's Guide. About this task This topic provides instructions for establishing TCP/IP network connections between DB2 Connect Server or DB2 Connect client and DB2 for z/OS. Procedure To prepare DB2 for z/OS to receive connection requests from DB2 Connect, you need to configure your protocol by: v “Configuring TCP/IP for DB2 for z/OS” on page 78 v v “Configuring DB2 for z/OS” on page 80 Host databases A host database is a relational database system from which a link request originates. The term database is used throughout this document to describe a relational database management system (RDBMS). Other systems with which DB2 Connect communicates might use the term database to describe a slightly different concept. The DB2 Connect term database can also refer to: System z DB2 for z/OS. A DB2 for z/OS subsystem identified by its LOCATION NAME. Use the z/OS -display ddf command to get the DB2 server location name, domain name, IP address and port. A DB2 for z/OS location is the unique name of a database server. An application uses the location name to access a DB2 for z/OS subsystem or a DB2 for z/OS data sharing group. A data sharing group enables applications on different DB2 subsystems to read from and write to the same data concurrently. The application uses a DB2 data sharing group network address to access a DB2 data sharing location. The accessed DB2 subsystem is transparent to the application. Since DB2 for z/OS supports multiple databases at the same DB2 location, the location name is analogous to a Linux, UNIX, and Windows database alias name. A database alias can be used to override the location or location alias name when accessing a location. A location alias is another © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 77
  • 86. name for a location. It is used to control which subsystems in a data sharing group are accessed by an application. LOCATION NAME is also defined in the Boot Strap Data Set (BSDS) as well as the DSNL004I message (LOCATION=location), which is written when the Distributed Data Facility (DDF) is started. LOCATION NAME supports up to 8 alias location names, allowing applications the ability to use different dbalias names to access a Version 8 z/OS server. IBM Power Systems Servers IBM DB2 for IBM i, an integral part of the IBM i operating system. Only one database can exist on an IBM Power Systems server unless the system is configured to use independent auxiliary storage pools. Configuring TCP/IP for DB2 for z/OS To configure TCP/IP communications between your DB2 Connect workstation and DB2 for z/OS Version 8 or later, you must first collect network details about the host database server. Before you begin The instructions assume the following conditions: v You are connecting to a single host database server or location via TCP/IP. Multiple host connections will be handled in exactly the same way, although the port number and service number required in each case might be different. Use the group IP address to connect to a group location. v The target database resides on DB2 for z/OS Version 8 or later. v All the necessary software prerequisites are installed. v DB2 clients have been set up as required. Procedure 1. Before you can use DB2 Connect over a TCP/IP connection, you must collect information about both the host database server and the DB2 Connect server. For each host server that you are connecting to via TCP/IP, you must have the following information: v The location of the TCP/IP services and hosts files at the DB2 Connect workstation: On UNIX and Linux /etc/ On Windows Server 2003 Usually %SystemRoot%system32driversetc, where %SystemRoot% represents the Windows install path directory. You might want to add the host information to a domain name server to avoid maintaining this file on multiple systems. v The locations of the equivalent files at the target DB2 for z/OS host. v The TCP/IP port number defined to DB2 for z/OS. Note: The associated service name information is not exchanged between the DB2 Connect workstation and DB2 for z/OS. Port number 446 has been registered as the default for communication from a DB2 Connect workstation. 78 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 87. v The TCP/IP addresses and host names for both the host and the DB2 Connect workstation. v The LOCATION NAME of the DB2 for z/OS database server. v The user ID and password to be used when issuing CONNECT requests to the database at the IBM mainframe server. 2. Refer to your local network administrator and your DB2 for z/OS administrator for help getting this information. Use the tables that follow as a worksheet to plan each TCP/IP connection between DB2 Connect and a host database server. Table 7. User Information Ref. Description Sample Value Your Value TCP-1 User name A.D.B.User TCP-2 Contact info (123)-456-7890 TCP-5 User ID ADBUSER TCP-6 Database type db2390 TCP-7 Connection type (must be TCPIP). TCPIP TCPIP Table 8. Network Elements at the Host Ref. Description Sample Value Your Value TCP-8 Host name MVSHOST TCP-9 Host IP address 9.21.152.100 TCP-10 Service name db2inst1c TCP-11 Port number 446 446 TCP-12 LOCATION NAME NEW_YORK3 TCP-13 User ID TCP-14 Password Note: a. To obtain the host's IP address TCP-9, enter at the host: TSO NETSTAT HOME b. To obtain the port number TCP-11, look for DSNL004I in the DB2 master address space or system log. Table 9. Network Elements at the DB2 Connect client and server Ref. Description Sample Value Your Value TCP-18 Host name mcook02 TCP-19 IP address 9.21.27.179 TCP-20 Service name db2inst1c TCP-21 Port number 446 446 Table 10. DB2 Directory Entries at the DB2 Connect server Ref. Description Sample Value Your Value TCP-30 Node name MVSIPNOD TCP-31 Database name nyc3 Chapter 16. DB2 for z/OS 79
  • 88. Table 10. DB2 Directory Entries at the DB2 Connect server (continued) Ref. Description Sample Value Your Value TCP-32 Database alias mvsipdb1 TCP-33 DCS database name nyc3 3. Complete a copy of the worksheet example for each TCP/IP host: a. Fill in the values to be used for the host name and IP address of the DB2 for z/OS host (TCP-8 and TCP-9). b. Fill in the values to be used for the host name and IP address of the DB2 Connect workstation (TCP-18 and TCP-19). c. Determine the service name or port number to be used for the connection (TCP-10 or TCP-20, or TCP-11 or TCP-21). d. Determine the LOCATION NAME of the DB2 for z/OS database server to which you want to connect. e. Determine the values to be used for user ID and PASSWORD when connecting to the host database. 4. At your System z server: a. Verify the host address or the host name. b. Verify the port number or the service name. c. Update the services file with the correct port number and service name if necessary. d. Update the hosts file (or the Domain Name Server used by the DB2 for z/OS system) with the host name and IP address of the DB2 Connect workstation if necessary. e. Ensure the new definitions are active before attempting to test the connection. Refer to your host network administrator or change control staff if necessary. f. Check with the DB2 for z/OS administrator that you have a valid user ID, password, and database LOCATION NAME. g. PING the DB2 Connect server, using the correct port number if that option is supported by TCP/IP on the host system. For example: ping remote_host_name -p port_number Support for your System z server is available at http://www.ibm.com/servers/ eserver/support/zseries/ Configuring DB2 for z/OS Before you can use DB2 Connect, your DB2 for z/OS Administrator must configure DB2 for z/OS to permit connections from DB2 Connect workstations. About this task This section indicates the minimum updates required to permit a DB2 Connect client to make a connection to the DB2 for z/OS database server. For more detailed examples, refer to the DB2 for z/OS installation documentation: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/imzic or refer to the DDF installation steps in the DB2 for z/OS installation manual. 80 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 89. Chapter 17. Preparing DB2 for VSE & VM for connections from DB2 Connect You can set up a DB2 Server for VSE and VM as an application server. About this task For information about how to set up DB2 Server for VM and VSE as an application server, refer to the “DRDA Considerations” section of the DB2 Server for VSE & VM SQL Reference (SC09-2989) . © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 81
  • 90. 82 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 91. Chapter 18. Configuring connections to mainframe and midrange servers After DB2 Connect is installed and the database server is configured to accept communications, you need to establish and fine-tune the connection between the two systems. The connections to the remote systems is done using either the command line processor (CLP). Configuring connections to IBM mainframe database servers You can manually configure your TCP/IP connection between a DB2 Connect server and a IBM mainframe database using the DB2 command line processor (CLP). For details on configuring connection using db2dsdriver.cfg, see the topic about db2dsdriver configuration file. Before you begin Before you manually configure a TCP/IP connection between DB2 Connect and a IBM mainframe database server, ensure that: v TCP/IP is functional on the DB2 Connect server and IBM mainframe system. v You have identified the following parameter values: – Hostname (hostname) or IP address (ip_address) – Connection Service name (svcename) or Port number/Protocol (port_number/tcp) – Target database name (target_dbname) – Local database name (local_dcsname) – Node name (node_name) Procedure To manually configure TCP/IP communications between your DB2 Connect server and an IBM mainframe database: 1. Configure TCP/IP on the DB2 Connect server. Refer to “Configuring TCP/IP for DB2 for z/OS” on page 78. 2. Catalog the TCP/IP node. Refer to the “CATALOG TCPIP/TCPIP4/TCPIP6 NODE command” topic in the Command Reference. 3. Catalog the IBM mainframe database as a Database Connection Service (DCS) database. Refer to the “CATALOG DCS DATABASE command” topic in the Command Reference. 4. Catalog the IBM mainframe database. Refer to the “CATALOG DATABASE command” topic in the Command Reference. 5. Bind utilities and applications to the IBM mainframe database server. Refer to “Binding database utilities on DB2 Connect” on page 95. 6. Test the IBM mainframe connection. Refer to the “CONNECT (Type 1) statement” topic in the SQL Reference Volume 2 . © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 83
  • 92. Results Note: Due to the characteristics of the TCP/IP protocol, TCP/IP might not be immediately notified of a partner's failure on another IBM mainframe. As a result, a client application accessing a remote DB2 server using TCP/IP, or the corresponding agent at the server, might sometimes appear to be hung. The TCP/IP SO_KEEPALIVE socket option is used to detect when there has been a failure and the TCP/IP connection has been broken. 84 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 93. Part 8. Reference © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 85
  • 94. 86 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 95. Chapter 19. Configuring access to IBM mainframe databases After DB2 Connect is installed and the database server is configured to accept communications, you need to establish and fine-tune the connection between the two systems. This section describes how to use the DB2 command line processor (CLP) to find, connect, and bind to a database server. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 87
  • 96. 88 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 97. Chapter 20. Supported DB2 Connect interface languages DB2 language support for DB2 interfaces can be categorized into server group languages and client group languages. Server group languages will translate most messages, help, and DB2 graphical interface elements. Client group languages will translate the IBM Data Server Runtime Client component, which will include most messages and certain help documentation. Server group languages include: Brazilian Portuguese, Czech, Danish, Finnish, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Russian, Simplified Chinese, Spanish, Swedish, and Traditional Chinese. Client group languages include: Arabic, Bulgarian, Croatian, Dutch, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Portuguese, Romanian, Slovak, Slovenian, and Turkish. Do not confuse languages supported by the DB2 database product with languages supported by the DB2 interface. Languages supported by the DB2 database product means the languages in which data can exist. These languages are a superset of languages supported by the DB2 interface. Displaying the DB2 Setup wizard in your national language (Linux and UNIX) The db2setup command queries the operating system to determine the existing language settings. If the language setting of your operating system is supported by db2setup, then that language will be used when displaying the DB2 Setup wizard. If your system uses the same code pages but different locale names than those supported by the DB2 interface, you can still see the translated db2setup by setting your LANG environment variable to the appropriate value by entering the following command: bourne (sh), korn (ksh), and bash shells: LANG=locale export LANG C shell: setenv LANG locale where locale is a locale supported by the DB2 interface. Language identifiers for running the DB2 Setup wizard in another language If you want to run the DB2 Setup wizard in a language different from the default language on your computer, you can start the DB2 Setup wizard manually, specifying a language identifier. The language must be available on the platform where you are running the installation. On Windows operating systems, you can run setup.exe with the -i parameter to specify the two-letter language code of the language the installation is to use. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 89
  • 98. On Linux and UNIX operating systems, it is recommended that you set the LANG environment variable to display the DB2 Setup wizard in your national language. Table 11. Language identifiers Language Language identifier Arabic (available on Windows platforms only) ar Brazilian Portuguese br Bulgarian bg Chinese, Simplified cn Chinese, Traditional tw Croatian hr Czech cz Danish dk Dutch nl English en Finnish fi French fr German de Greek el Hungarian hu Indonesian (available on Windows platforms only) id Italian it Japanese jp Korean kr Lithuanian (available on Windows platforms only) lt Norwegian no Polish pl Portuguese pt Romanian ro Russian ru Slovak sk Slovenian sl Spanish es Swedish se Turkish tr Changing the DB2 Connect product interface language (Windows) The DB2 interface language is the language that appears in messages, help, and graphical tool interfaces. 90 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 99. About this task Do not confuse languages supported by a DB2 database product with languages supported by the DB2 interface. Languages supported by a DB2 database product means the languages in which data can exist. These languages are a superset of languages supported by the DB2 interface. The DB2 interface language you want to use must be installed on your system. The DB2 database product interface languages are selected and installed when you install a DB2 database product using the DB2 Setup wizard. If you change the interface language of a DB2 database product to a supported interface language that has not been installed, the DB2 database product interface language will default to the operating system language first, and if that is not supported, English. Changing the interface language for a DB2 database product on Windows requires that you change the default language setting for your Windows operating system. Procedure To change the DB2 database product interface language on Windows operating systems: 1. Through the Control Panel, select Regional and Language Options. 2. On the Regional Options tab under Standards and formats, select the appropriate language. On Windows, use the Formats tab for this step. 3. On the Regional Options tab under Location, select the location that corresponds to the appropriate language. 4. On the Advanced tab under Language for non-Unicode programs select the appropriate language. On Windows, on the Administrative tab, under Language for non-unicode programs, click Change system locale and select the appropriate language. You will then be asked to reboot, click Cancel. 5. On the Advanced tab under Default user account settings, check the Apply all settings to the current user account and to the default user profile box. On Windows, on the Administrative tab under reserved accounts, click Copy to reserved accounts and check the accounts that you want to copy the language settings to. 6. You will be asked to reboot before these changes come into effect. What to do next Refer to your operating system help for additional information about changing the default system language. Changing the DB2 Connect interface language (Linux and UNIX) The interface language of the DB2 database product is the language that appears in messages, help, and graphical tool interfaces. Before you begin Do not confuse languages supported by the DB2 database product with languages supported by the DB2 interface. Languages supported by the DB2 database product, that is, languages that data can exist in, are a superset of languages supported by the DB2 interface. Chapter 20. DB2 Setup Wizard national language support 91
  • 100. Support for the DB2 interface language you want to use must be installed on your system. DB2 interface language support is selected and installed when you install a DB2 database product using the DB2 Setup wizard. If you change the interface language of the DB2 database product to a supported interface language that has not been installed, the DB2 interface language will default to the operating system language. If the operating system language is not supported, English is used as the DB2 interface language. DB2 interface language support is selected and installed when you install your DB2 database product using the DB2 Setup wizard or by using the National Language Package. About this task To check which public locales are available in your system, run the $ locale -a command. Procedure To change the DB2 interface language: Set the LANG environment variable to the locale you want. v For bourne (sh), korn (ksh), and bash shells: LANG=locale export LANG v For C shell: setenv LANG locale For example, to interface with the DB2 database product in French, you must have the French language support installed and you must set the LANG environment variable to a French locale, for example, fr_FR. Conversion of character data When character data is transferred between machines, it must be converted to a form that the receiving machine can use. For example, when data is transferred between a DB2 Connect server and a host or System i database server, it is usually converted from a server code page to a host CCSID, and vice versa. If the two machines use different code pages or CCSIDs, code points are mapped from one code page or CCSID to the other. This conversion is always performed at the receiver. Character data sent to a database consists of SQL statements and input data. Character data sent from a database consists of output data. Output data that is interpreted as bit data is not converted. For example, data from a column declared with the FOR BIT DATA clause. Otherwise, all input and output character data is converted if the two machines have different code pages or CCSIDs. For example, if DB2 Connect is used to access data, the following happens: 1. DB2 Connect sends an SQL statement and input data to System z. 2. DB2 for z/OS converts the SQL statement and data to the host server's code page and then processes the data. 3. DB2 for z/OS sends the result back to the DB2 Connect server. 4. DB2 Connect converts the result to the code page of the user's environment. 92 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 101. For bidirectional languages, a number of special "BiDi CCSIDS" have been defined by IBM and are supported by DB2 Connect. If the bidirectional attributes of the database server are different from those of the client you can use these special CCSIDS to manage the difference. Refer to the supported territory codes and code pages topic for the supported conversions between code pages on the DB2 Connect and CCSIDs on the host or System i server. Chapter 20. DB2 Setup Wizard national language support 93
  • 102. 94 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 103. Chapter 21. Developing database applications Binding and running your applications in an environment that uses DB2 Connect has specific considerations. Binding database utilities on DB2 Connect You must bind the database utilities (import, export, reorg, the Command Line Processor) and CLI bind files to each database before they can be used with that database. About this task In a network environment, if you are using multiple clients that use different versions or service levels of DB2, you must bind the utilities once for each version of DB2 used. Binding a utility creates a package, which is an object that includes all of the information that is needed to process specific SQL statements from a single source file. The bind files are grouped together in different .lst files in the bnd directory, under the installation directory (typically sqllib for Windows). Each file is specific to a server. Procedure v To bind the utilities and applications to the IBM mainframe database server, connect to the IBM mainframe server and use the following example as a template: connect to dbalias user userid using password bind path/bnd/@ddcsmvs.lst blocking all sqlerror continue messages mvs.msg grant public connect reset where path corresponds to the DB2PATH registry value. v To bind database utilities to a DB2 database, use the command line processor: 1. Change to the bnd directory, which is x:sqllibbnd, where x: represents the drive where you installed DB2. 2. To connect to the database, enter the following commands in the Command Center® or the Command Line Processor: connect to database_alias where database_alias represents the alias of the database to which you want to connect. 3. Enter the following commands in the Command Line Processor: "bind @db2ubind.lst messages bind.msg grant public" "bind @db2cli.lst messages clibind.msg grant public" In this example, bind.msg and clibind.msg are the output message files, and EXECUTE and BINDADD privileges are granted to public. 4. Reset the connection to the database by entering the following command: connect reset © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 95
  • 104. Note: 1. The db2ubind.lst file contains the list of bind (.bnd) files required to create the packages for the database utilities. The db2cli.lst file contains the list of bind (.bnd) files required to create packages for the CLI and the DB2 ODBC driver. 2. Binding might take a few minutes to complete. 3. If you have BINDADD authority, the first time you use the CLI or ODBC driver, the CLI packages will be bound automatically. If the applications that you are using require binding to the database, you can use the BIND command to perform the bind action. Running your own applications You can build and run DB2 applications with an IBM Data Server Client installed. Various types of applications can access DB2 databases: v Applications developed using the IBM data server client that include embedded SQL, APIs, stored procedures, user-defined functions or calls to the CLI v ODBC applications v Java applications using the JDBC or SQLJ interfaces v PHP applications v Ruby or Ruby on Rails applications v Perl applications v Python applications On Windows operating systems, the following routines or objects can also access DB2 databases: v ActiveX Data Objects (ADO) implemented in Microsoft Visual Basic and Microsoft Visual C++ v Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) Automation Routines (UDFs and Stored Procedures) v Object Linking and Embedding Database (OLE DB) table functions To run an application: 1. Ensure the server is configured and running. 2. On the DB2 server, ensure that the database manager is started on the database server to which the application program is connecting. If it is not, you must issue the db2start command at the server before starting the application. 3. Ensure that you can connect to the database that the application uses. 4. Bind the necessary files to support the database application driver being used. 5. Run the application program. 96 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 105. Chapter 22. Uninstalling DB2 Connect At some point in the future you may need to remove your DB2 Connect products from your system. The requirements for removing or uninstalling your DB2 Connect products are presented based on the operating system you are using. Uninstalling DB2 Connect (Windows) This task provides steps for completely removing your DB2 database product from your Windows operating system. Only perform this task if you no longer require your existing DB2 instances and databases. About this task If you are uninstalling the default DB2 copy, and you have other DB2 copies on your system, use the db2swtch command to choose a new default copy before you proceed with the uninstallation. Also, if your DB2 Administration Server (DAS) is running under the copy being removed, move your DAS to a copy that is not being removed. Otherwise, re-create the DAS using the db2admin create command after the uninstall, and you reconfigure the DAS for some function to work. Procedure To remove your DB2 database product from Windows: 1. Optional: Drop all databases using the drop database command. Be sure that you no longer need these databases. If you drop your databases, all of your data will be gone. 2. Stop all DB2 processes and services. This can be done through the Windows Services panel or by issuing the db2stop command. If DB2 services and processes are not stopped before attempting to remove your DB2 database product, you will receive a warning containing a list of processes and services that are holding DB2 DLLs in memory. If you will use Add/Remove Programs to remove your DB2 database product, this step is optional. 3. You have two options for removing your DB2 database product: v Add/Remove Programs Accessible through the Windows Control Panel, use the Add/Remove Programs window to remove your DB2 database product. Refer to your operating system's help for more information about removing software products from your Windows operating system. v db2unins command You can run the db2unins command from the DB2DIRbin directory to remove your DB2 database products, features, or languages. Using this command, you can uninstall multiple DB2 database products at the same time using the /p parameter. You can use a response file to uninstall DB2 database products, features, or languages using /u parameter. What to do next Unfortunately, your DB2 database product cannot always be removed by using the Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs facility or using the db2unins /p © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 97
  • 106. command or the db2unins /u command. The following uninstallation option must ONLY be attempted if the previous method fails. To forcefully remove all DB2 copies from your Windows system, run the db2unins /f command. This command will perform a brute force uninstallation of ALL DB2 copies on the system. Everything except user data, such as DB2 databases, will be forcefully deleted. Before running this command with the /f parameter, see the db2unins command for details. Uninstalling DB2 Connect (Linux and UNIX) This task provides steps for removing a DB2 database product from your Linux or UNIX operating system. About this task This task is not required to install a new version of a DB2 database product. Each version of a DB2 database product on Linux or UNIX has a different installation path and can therefore coexist on the same computer. Note: This task applies to DB2 database products that were installed with root user authority. A separate topic explains how to uninstall DB2 database products that were installed as a non-root user. Procedure To remove your DB2 database product: 1. Optional: Drop all databases. You can drop databases using the DROP DATABASE command. Database files remain intact on your file systems when you drop an instance without dropping databases first. 2. Stop the DB2 Administration Server. Refer to the Installing DB2 Servers manual. 3. Remove the DB2 Administration Server, or run the dasupdt command to update the DB2 Administration Server to another installation path. To remove the DB2 Administration Server, refer to the Installing DB2 Servers manual. 4. Stop all DB2 instances. Refer to the Installing DB2 Servers manual. 5. Remove the DB2 instances, or run the db2iupdt command to update the instances to another installation path. To remove the DB2 instances, refer to the Installing DB2 Servers manual. 6. Remove the DB2 database products. Refer to the Installing DB2 Servers manual. 98 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 107. Part 9. Appendixes © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 99
  • 108. 100 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 109. Appendix A. Overview of the DB2 technical information DB2 technical information is available in multiple formats that can be accessed in multiple ways. DB2 technical information is available through the following tools and methods: v DB2 Information Center – Topics (Task, concept and reference topics) – Sample programs – Tutorials v DB2 books – PDF files (downloadable) – PDF files (from the DB2 PDF DVD) – printed books v Command-line help – Command help – Message help Note: The DB2 Information Center topics are updated more frequently than either the PDF or the hardcopy books. To get the most current information, install the documentation updates as they become available, or refer to the DB2 Information Center at ibm.com. You can access additional DB2 technical information such as technotes, white papers, and IBM Redbooks® publications online at ibm.com. Access the DB2 Information Management software library site at http://www.ibm.com/software/ data/sw-library/. Documentation feedback We value your feedback on the DB2 documentation. If you have suggestions for how to improve the DB2 documentation, send an email to [email protected]. The DB2 documentation team reads all of your feedback, but cannot respond to you directly. Provide specific examples wherever possible so that we can better understand your concerns. If you are providing feedback on a specific topic or help file, include the topic title and URL. Do not use this email address to contact DB2 Customer Support. If you have a DB2 technical issue that the documentation does not resolve, contact your local IBM service center for assistance. DB2 technical library in hardcopy or PDF format The following tables describe the DB2 library available from the IBM Publications Center at www.ibm.com/e-business/linkweb/publications/servlet/pbi.wss. English and translated DB2 Version 10.1 manuals in PDF format can be downloaded from www.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=71&uid=swg27009474. Although the tables identify books available in print, the books might not be available in your country or region. © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 101
  • 110. The form number increases each time a manual is updated. Ensure that you are reading the most recent version of the manuals, as listed below. Note: The DB2 Information Center is updated more frequently than either the PDF or the hard-copy books. Table 12. DB2 technical information Name Form Number Available in print Availability date Administrative API Reference SC27-5506-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Administrative Routines and Views SC27-5507-00 No July 28, 2013 Call Level Interface Guide and Reference Volume 1 SC27-5511-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Call Level Interface Guide and Reference Volume 2 SC27-5512-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Command Reference SC27-5508-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Database Administration Concepts and Configuration Reference SC27-4546-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Data Movement Utilities Guide and Reference SC27-5528-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Database Monitoring Guide and Reference SC27-4547-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Data Recovery and High Availability Guide and Reference SC27-5529-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Database Security Guide SC27-5530-00 Yes July 28, 2013 DB2 Workload Management Guide and Reference SC27-5520-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Developing ADO.NET and OLE DB Applications SC27-4549-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Developing Embedded SQL Applications SC27-4550-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Developing Java Applications SC27-5503-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Developing Perl, PHP, Python, and Ruby on Rails Applications SC27-5504-00 No July 28, 2013 Developing RDF Applications for IBM Data Servers SC27-5505-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Developing User-defined Routines (SQL and External) SC27-5501-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Getting Started with Database Application Development GI13-2084-00 Yes July 28, 2013 102 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 111. Table 12. DB2 technical information (continued) Name Form Number Available in print Availability date Getting Started with DB2 Installation and Administration on Linux and Windows GI13-2085-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Globalization Guide SC27-5531-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Installing DB2 Servers GC27-5514-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Installing IBM Data Server Clients GC27-5515-00 No July 28, 2013 Message Reference Volume 1 SC27-5523-00 No July 28, 2013 Message Reference Volume 2 SC27-5524-00 No July 28, 2013 Net Search Extender Administration and User's Guide SC27-5526-00 No July 28, 2013 Partitioning and Clustering Guide SC27-5532-00 Yes July 28, 2013 pureXML Guide SC27-5521-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Spatial Extender User's Guide and Reference SC27-5525-00 No July 28, 2013 SQL Procedural Languages: Application Enablement and Support SC27-5502-00 Yes July 28, 2013 SQL Reference Volume 1 SC27-5509-00 Yes July 28, 2013 SQL Reference Volume 2 SC27-5510-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Text Search Guide SC27-5527-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Troubleshooting and Tuning Database Performance SC27-4548-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Upgrading to DB2 Version 10.5 SC27-5513-00 Yes July 28, 2013 What's New for DB2 Version 10.5 SC27-5519-00 Yes July 28, 2013 XQuery Reference SC27-5522-00 No July 28, 2013 Table 13. DB2 Connect-specific technical information Name Form Number Available in print Availability date DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Personal Edition SC27-5516-00 Yes July 28, 2013 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers SC27-5517-00 Yes July 28, 2013 DB2 Connect User's Guide SC27-5518-00 Yes July 28, 2013 Appendix A. Overview of the DB2 technical information 103
  • 112. Displaying SQL state help from the command line processor DB2 products return an SQLSTATE value for conditions that can be the result of an SQL statement. SQLSTATE help explains the meanings of SQL states and SQL state class codes. Procedure To start SQL state help, open the command line processor and enter: ? sqlstate or ? class code where sqlstate represents a valid five-digit SQL state and class code represents the first two digits of the SQL state. For example, ? 08003 displays help for the 08003 SQL state, and ? 08 displays help for the 08 class code. Accessing different versions of the DB2 Information Center Documentation for other versions of DB2 products is found in separate information centers on ibm.com® . About this task For DB2 Version 10.1 topics, the DB2 Information Center URL is http://pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/db2luw/v10r1. For DB2 Version 9.8 topics, the DB2 Information Center URL is http:// pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/db2luw/v9r8/. For DB2 Version 9.7 topics, the DB2 Information Center URL is http:// pic.dhe.ibm.com/infocenter/db2luw/v9r7/. For DB2 Version 9.5 topics, the DB2 Information Center URL is http:// publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/db2luw/v9r5. Terms and conditions Permissions for the use of these publications are granted subject to the following terms and conditions. Applicability: These terms and conditions are in addition to any terms of use for the IBM website. Personal use: You may reproduce these publications for your personal, noncommercial use provided that all proprietary notices are preserved. You may not distribute, display or make derivative work of these publications, or any portion thereof, without the express consent of IBM. Commercial use: You may reproduce, distribute and display these publications solely within your enterprise provided that all proprietary notices are preserved. You may not make derivative works of these publications, or reproduce, distribute or display these publications or any portion thereof outside your enterprise, without the express consent of IBM. 104 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 113. Rights: Except as expressly granted in this permission, no other permissions, licenses or rights are granted, either express or implied, to the publications or any information, data, software or other intellectual property contained therein. IBM reserves the right to withdraw the permissions granted herein whenever, in its discretion, the use of the publications is detrimental to its interest or, as determined by IBM, the previous instructions are not being properly followed. You may not download, export or re-export this information except in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including all United States export laws and regulations. IBM MAKES NO GUARANTEE ABOUT THE CONTENT OF THESE PUBLICATIONS. THE PUBLICATIONS ARE PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IBM Trademarks: IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corp., registered in many jurisdictions worldwide. Other product and service names might be trademarks of IBM or other companies. A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml Appendix A. Overview of the DB2 technical information 105
  • 114. 106 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 115. Appendix B. Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A. Information about non-IBM products is based on information available at the time of first publication of this document and is subject to change. IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information about the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service. IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not grant you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to: IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation North Castle Drive Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A. For license inquiries regarding double-byte character set (DBCS) information, contact the IBM Intellectual Property Department in your country or send inquiries, in writing, to: Intellectual Property Licensing Legal and Intellectual Property Law IBM Japan, Ltd. 19-21, Nihonbashi-Hakozakicho, Chuo-ku Tokyo 103-8510, Japan The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country/region where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements, changes, or both in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. Any references in this information to websites not owned by IBM are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 107
  • 116. websites. The materials at those websites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those websites is at your own risk. IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the purpose of enabling: (i) the exchange of information between independently created programs and other programs (including this one) and (ii) the mutual use of the information that has been exchanged, should contact: IBM Canada Limited U59/3600 3600 Steeles Avenue East Markham, Ontario L3R 9Z7 CANADA Such information may be available, subject to appropriate terms and conditions, including, in some cases, payment of a fee. The licensed program described in this document and all licensed material available for it are provided by IBM under terms of the IBM Customer Agreement, IBM International Program License Agreement, or any equivalent agreement between us. Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Therefore, the results obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems, and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment. Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published announcements, or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility, or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products. All statements regarding IBM's future direction or intent are subject to change or withdrawal without notice, and represent goals and objectives only. This information may contain examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are fictitious, and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental. COPYRIGHT LICENSE: This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating 108 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 117. platform for which the sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. The sample programs are provided "AS IS", without warranty of any kind. IBM shall not be liable for any damages arising out of your use of the sample programs. Each copy or any portion of these sample programs or any derivative work must include a copyright notice as follows: © (your company name) (year). Portions of this code are derived from IBM Corp. Sample Programs. © Copyright IBM Corp. _enter the year or years_. All rights reserved. Trademarks IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corp., registered in many jurisdictions worldwide. Other product and service names might be trademarks of IBM or other companies. A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the web at “Copyright and trademark information” at www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml. The following terms are trademarks or registered trademarks of other companies v Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both. v Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle, its affiliates, or both. v UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries. v Intel, Intel logo, Intel Inside, Intel Inside logo, Celeron, Intel SpeedStep, Itanium, and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. v Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Appendix B. Notices 109
  • 118. 110 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 119. Index A about this book v, 1 AIX CD mounting 43 DVD mounting 43 installing DB2 Connect server products 39, 41 application development JDBC 7 applications ODBC 95 running 96 B bidirectional CCSID support language support 92 binding utilities DB2 Connect 95 C CDs mounting AIX 43 HP-UX 48 Linux 52 Solaris 56 clients overview 7 remote 7 code pages conversion exceptions 92 supported 89 coded character set identifier (CCSID) bidirectional languages 92 bidirectional support languages 92 commands db2licm setting license policy 68 db2osconf determining kernel configuration parameter values 29 db2setup displaying DB2 Setup wizard in your national language 89 communication protocols DRDA host access configuration 78 configuration connections to mainframe 83 DB2 Connect server products 35 TCP/IP using CLP 83 connections DRDA hosts through communications server 78 conversion character 92 D DAS (DB2 administration server) see DB2 administration server (DAS) 10 data accessing DB2 Connect 8 JDBC 7 database applications developing 95 databases host 77 DB2 administration server (DAS) overview 10 DB2 Connect DB2 for VSE & VM 81 disk requirements 37 host support 5, 8 IBM i connections 75 installing non-Administrator installation 63 mainframe support 5, 8 memory requirements 37 overview 5, 8 server products configuring 35 installing (AIX) 39, 41 installing (HP-UX) 45, 47 installing (Linux) 49, 51 installing (overview) 35 installing (Solaris Operating System) 53, 55 installing (Windows) 57, 58 post-upgrade tasks 20 pre-upgrade tasks 17 System i support overview 5 upgrading overview 15, 16 procedure 18 zSeries support 5 DB2 for VM & VSE preparing for connections from DB2 Connect 81 DB2 for z/OS configuring 80 updating system tables 80 DB2 Information Center versions 104 DB2 Setup wizard language identifiers 89 DB2ADMNS group adding users 64 db2licm command registering licenses 67 setting license policy 68 db2osconf command determining kernel configuration parameter values 29 db2setup command language setting 89 DB2USERS user group adding users 64 default language setting Windows 91 © Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2013 111
  • 120. directory schema extending Windows 62 documentation overview 101 PDF files 101 printed 101 terms and conditions of use 104 DVDs mounting AIX 43 HP-UX 48 Linux 52 Solaris 56 E examples DB2 Connect 7 F fix packs installing DB2 Connect 69 H help SQL statements 104 host databases configuring TCP/IP 83 HP-UX installing DB2 Connect servers 45, 47 kernel configuration parameters modifying 29 recommended values 29 mounting media 48 I IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ levels for DB2 Connect versions 25 IBM i DB2 Connect 5 installation DB2 Connect server products 35 user accounts (Windows) 59 zSeries running Linux DB2 Connect 51 interface languages changing UNIX 91 Windows 91 overview 89 J Java DB2 Connect product support 25 host database access 7 JDBC drivers details 25 K kernel configuration parameters HP-UX db2osconf command 29 modifying 29 recommended 29 Linux modifying 30 overview 29 Solaris 31 L LANG environment variable setting 89, 91 languages bidirectional support 92 DB2 Connect interface 89 DB2 interface 91 DB2 Setup wizard for language identifiers 89 licenses activating 67 registering db2licm command 67 setting db2licm command 68 Linux installing DB2 Connect on zSeries 51 DB2 Connect server products 49, 51 kernel parameters modifying 30 mounting CDs 52 DVDs 52 uninstalling DB2 Connect root 98 locales DB2 Connect interface languages 89 M mainframe databases configuring access 83, 87 midrange servers configuring connections 83 mounting CDs or DVDs AIX 43 HP-UX 48 Linux 52 Solaris 56 N national language support (NLS) converting character data 92 displaying DB2 Setup wizard 89 notices 107 112 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers
  • 121. O ODBC binding packages 95 P post-upgrade tasks DB2 Connect servers 20 pre-upgrade tasks DB2 Connect servers 17 S scenarios DB2 Connect 7 SDKs product levels 25 security user groups 64 Solaris operating systems DB2 Connect 31, 56 DB2 Connect server products 53, 55 modifying kernel parameters 31 mounting CDs or DVDs 56 SQL statements help displaying 104 System i database servers configuring connections 83 DB2 Connect support 5 System z DB2 Connect support overview 5 T TCP/IP configuring host connections 77, 78, 83 System i database servers 83 DB2 for z/OS 77, 78, 83 terms and conditions publications 104 territory codes page support 92 U uninstallation DB2 Connect 97, 98 root installations 98 UNIX changing DB2 Connect interface language 91 uninstalling DB2 Connect 98 upgrades DB2 Connect overview 15, 16 procedure 18 user accounts DB2 administration server (Windows) 59 instance user (Windows) 59 required for installation (Windows) 59 user groups DB2ADMNS 64 DB2USERS 64 security 64 utilities binding 95 V VTAM preparing z/OS for connections from DB2 Connect 77 W Windows default language setting 91 installing DB2 Connect (with non-Administrator access) 63 DB2 Connect server products (procedure) 57 DB2 Connect server products (requirements) 58 uninstalling DB2 Connect 97 user accounts DB2 Connect product installation 59 Z zSeries installing DB2 Connect for Linux 51 Index 113
  • 122. 114 DB2 Connect Installing and Configuring DB2 Connect Servers